Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,338 missions · 1,111 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1227Completed1111All2338
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Convex Risk Functions 2: On a Banach Lattice, a Proper Convex Monotone Risk Function Is Continuous and Subdifferentiable on the Interior of Its DomainResearch Paper

Motivation

Risk-averse stochastic optimization replaces the expected cost E[X]\mathbb E[X]E[X] of an uncertain outcome XXX by a risk function ρ(X)\rho(X)ρ(X): conditional value-at-risk, mean–semideviation and mean–upper-semideviation models, and the coherent and convex risk measures of Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath and of Föllmer and Schied. Ruszczyński and Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions (Math. Oper. Res. 31, 2006), develop the convex analysis of such functions on general spaces of random variables, so that they can be used inside optimization problems min⁡z∈Sρ(F(z))\min_{z\in S}\rho(F(z))minz∈S​ρ(F(z)).

Optimality conditions, duality and sensitivity analysis for such problems need two regularity properties of ρ\rhoρ: continuity, and the existence of subgradients that are continuous linear functionals. For extended-valued convex functions on infinite-dimensional spaces neither comes for free. The standard sufficient condition, boundedness from above on a neighbourhood of a point (Ioffe and Tikhomirov), often cannot be used: the paper notes (p. 436) that the cone of nonnegative functions in Lp(Rm,B,μ)\mathcal L_p(\mathbb R^m,\mathcal B,\mu)Lp​(Rm,B,μ), p∈[1,+∞)p\in[1,+\infty)p∈[1,+∞), μ\muμ a continuous probability measure, has empty interior. Section 3.1 shows instead that for monotone convex risk functions on a Banach lattice both properties follow from convexity and monotonicity alone. This mission formalizes that result, Proposition 3.1, and its Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ instance, Corollary 3.1.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a real vector space with a partial order ⪰\succeq⪰, and R‾=[−∞,+∞]\overline{\mathbb R}=[-\infty,+\infty]R=[−∞,+∞]. Outcomes are costs: smaller is better. A function ρ:X→R‾\rho:\mathcal X\to\overline{\mathbb R}ρ:X→R has domain dom⁡ρ={X:ρ(X)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\rho=\{X:\rho(X)<+\infty\}domρ={X:ρ(X)<+∞} and is proper if ρ(X)>−∞\rho(X)>-\inftyρ(X)>−∞ for all XXX and dom⁡ρ≠∅\operatorname{dom}\rho\neq\emptysetdomρ=∅. The paper's axioms used here are

  • (A1) convexity: ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y)\rho(\alpha X+(1-\alpha)Y)\le\alpha\rho(X)+(1-\alpha)\rho(Y)ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y) for all X,Y∈XX,Y\in\mathcal XX,Y∈X and α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1];
  • (A2) monotonicity: if Y⪰XY\succeq XY⪰X then ρ(Y)≥ρ(X)\rho(Y)\ge\rho(X)ρ(Y)≥ρ(X).

A linear functional l:X→Rl:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rl:X→R, not necessarily continuous, is an algebraic subgradient of ρ\rhoρ at Xˉ\bar XXˉ if

ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+l(X−Xˉ)∀X∈X.(3.1)\rho(X)\ge\rho(\bar X)+l(X-\bar X)\qquad\forall X\in\mathcal X.\tag{3.1}ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+l(X−Xˉ)∀X∈X.(3.1)

When X\mathcal XX is a Banach space it carries its norm topology and is paired with its dual Y:=X∗\mathcal Y:=\mathcal X^*Y:=X∗. The subdifferential ∂ρ(Xˉ)\partial\rho(\bar X)∂ρ(Xˉ) is the set of continuous l∈X∗l\in\mathcal X^*l∈X∗ satisfying (3.1), and ρ\rhoρ is subdifferentiable at Xˉ\bar XXˉ if ∂ρ(Xˉ)≠∅\partial\rho(\bar X)\neq\emptyset∂ρ(Xˉ)=∅.

A Banach lattice is a real Banach space X\mathcal XX whose order makes it a lattice, compatible with addition, such that ∣X1∣≤∣X2∣|X_1|\le|X_2|∣X1​∣≤∣X2​∣ implies ∥X1∥≤∥X2∥\|X_1\|\le\|X_2\|∥X1​∥≤∥X2​∥. Every Lp(Ω,F,μˉ)\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,\bar\mu)Lp​(Ω,F,μˉ​), p∈[1,+∞]p\in[1,+\infty]p∈[1,+∞], with the almost-everywhere order, is one.

In Lean everything lives in the namespace ConvexRiskFn.Cont: dom, IsProper, A1, A2, IsAlgSubgradient and subdiff are defined in the setting file.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1 (p. 437)

Let X\mathcal XX be a Banach lattice and ρ:X→R‾\rho:\mathcal X\to\overline{\mathbb R}ρ:X→R proper, satisfying (A1) and (A2). Then

ρ is continuous on int⁡(dom⁡ρ),∂ρ(Xˉ)≠∅  for every Xˉ∈int⁡(dom⁡ρ).\rho \text{ is continuous on } \operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho), \qquad \partial\rho(\bar X)\neq\emptyset \ \text{ for every } \bar X\in\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho).ρ is continuous on int(domρ),∂ρ(Xˉ)=∅  for every Xˉ∈int(domρ).

Milestones (the steps of the paper's argument, pp. 436–437)

  1. At Xˉ∈int⁡(dom⁡ρ)\bar X\in\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho)Xˉ∈int(domρ) the directional derivative δ(X)=ρ′(Xˉ,X)=lim⁡t↓0(ρ(Xˉ+tX)−ρ(Xˉ))/t\delta(X)=\rho'(\bar X,X)=\lim_{t\downarrow0}(\rho(\bar X+tX)-\rho(\bar X))/tδ(X)=ρ′(Xˉ,X)=limt↓0​(ρ(Xˉ+tX)−ρ(Xˉ))/t is finite, positively homogeneous and convex, and ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+δ(X−Xˉ)\rho(X)\ge\rho(\bar X)+\delta(X-\bar X)ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+δ(X−Xˉ).
  2. ρ\rhoρ has an algebraic subgradient at every Xˉ∈int⁡(dom⁡ρ)\bar X\in\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho)Xˉ∈int(domρ).
  3. Under (A2) an algebraic subgradient is positive: l(X)≥0l(X)\ge0l(X)≥0 for X⪰0X\succeq0X⪰0.
  4. (Levin) Every positive linear functional on a Banach lattice is continuous.
  5. If l∈∂ρ(Xˉ)l\in\partial\rho(\bar X)l∈∂ρ(Xˉ), then ρ\rhoρ is lower semicontinuous at Xˉ\bar XXˉ.
  6. (Phelps) A proper convex ρ\rhoρ on a Banach space that is lower semicontinuous at every point of int⁡(dom⁡ρ)\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho)int(domρ) is continuous there.

Companions

  • Corollary 3.1 (p. 437): for X=Lp(Ω,F,μˉ)\mathcal X=\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,\bar\mu)X=Lp​(Ω,F,μˉ​), p∈[1,+∞)p\in[1,+\infty)p∈[1,+∞), paired with Lq\mathcal L_qLq​, the same conclusion, with subgradients represented by g∈Lqg\in\mathcal L_qg∈Lq​ through ∫g (X−Xˉ) dμˉ\int g\,(X-\bar X)\,d\bar\mu∫g(X−Xˉ)dμˉ​.
  • Real-valued case (p. 437): if moreover ρ(X)<+∞\rho(X)<+\inftyρ(X)<+∞ for every XXX, then ρ\rhoρ is continuous on all of X\mathcal XX and subdifferentiable everywhere.

Significance

Proposition 3.1 removes lower semicontinuity from the list of assumptions a modeller has to check. In the paper's framework, the dual representation ρ(X)=sup⁡μ∈A{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}\rho(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal A}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho^*(\mu)\}ρ(X)=supμ∈A​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)} (Theorem 2.2) requires lower semicontinuity. The subdifferential formulas, the Hadamard directional differentiability of composite functions ρ(F(z))\rho(F(z))ρ(F(z)) and the optimality conditions of §§3.2 and 6 require continuity or subdifferentiability at the point of interest. On Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ spaces, Corollary 3.1 gives all of these on the interior of the domain from (A1) and (A2) alone, for example for real-valued convex monotone risk functions such as the mean–upper-semideviation and conditional value-at-risk models of §4.

The result is proved in the paper, so the formalization adds no new mathematics. It does add two classical functional-analytic facts that the paper cites without proof: automatic continuity of positive functionals on Banach lattices, and continuity of lower semicontinuous convex functions on open subsets of Banach spaces, here for extended-real-valued functions. As far as a search of Mathlib and of the platform shows, neither is formalized in this generality. Mathlib's continuity result for convex functions is finite-dimensional. Mathlib has the Hahn–Banach extension theorem but no theory of positive functionals on Banach lattices.

Difficulty

An algebraic subgradient exists at an interior point by Hahn–Banach applied to the directional derivative, and in a general Banach space it may be discontinuous. Continuity cannot come from local boundedness either: the usual criterion (bounded above near a point) is exactly what fails for natural examples, since positive cones in Lp\mathcal L_pLp​, p<∞p<\inftyp<∞, have empty interior. The order structure has to do the work. Monotonicity forces the subgradient to be positive, and positivity forces continuity on a Banach lattice. That last step needs completeness and solidity of the norm. Without them, positive linear functionals need not be continuous, for example on the space of finitely supported sequences.

The second difficulty is passing from lower semicontinuity at each interior point to continuity on the interior. For a convex function this needs a Baire category argument on the Banach space, and completeness cannot be dropped.

Formalization scope

  • The Banach lattice is abstract: a type E with NormedAddCommGroup, NormedSpace ℝ, CompleteSpace, Lattice, HasSolidNorm (the solidity condition) and IsOrderedAddMonoid. This is the paper's definition, and it contains the paper's function spaces, so the formal goal is a generalization. Compatibility of the order with multiplication by nonnegative scalars is not assumed; it follows from these axioms.
  • R‾\overline{\mathbb R}R is EReal. Convexity (A1) is written with EReal arithmetic, which agrees with the paper's for proper functions. Continuity on the interior is continuity of an EReal-valued function in the order topology. On the interior the function is finite, so this is ordinary continuity.
  • Subgradients in the goal are continuous linear functionals E →L[ℝ] ℝ, i.e. Y=X∗\mathcal Y=\mathcal X^*Y=X∗. A version stating only an algebraic (possibly discontinuous) subgradient would be the easy half of the result and is not the goal; it is milestone 2.
  • The interior of the domain may be empty. The goal is then vacuous, as on the page. The domain is never assumed to be all of X\mathcal XX, except in the real-valued companion, where the page assumes it.
  • Corollary 3.1 uses Mathlib's Lp ℝ p μbar (a.e. classes) with a finite measure μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ (the paper's measures are finite, p. 434) and p≠∞p\neq\inftyp=∞. Its subgradient is a function ggg with MemLp g q μbar for the Hölder conjugate qqq, paired by the integral.
  • Needed infrastructure: one-sided directional derivatives of extended-valued convex functions, Hahn–Banach for sublinear functionals (exists_extension_of_le_sublinear in Mathlib), positive functionals on Banach lattices, and the Baire-category continuity theorem for convex lower semicontinuous functions. The last two are reusable well beyond risk functions. Contributions proving any milestone, or proving the Phelps or Levin step in greater generality, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3):433–452, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0186
  • V. L. Levin, Convex Analysis in Spaces of Measurable Functions and Its Applications in Economics, Nauka, Moscow, 1985 (cited as [11]: Lemma 1.1, Theorem 0.12).
  • R. R. Phelps, Convex Functions, Monotone Operators and Differentiability, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1364, Springer, 1989 (cited as [19]: Theorem 3.3).
  • A. D. Ioffe, V. M. Tihomirov, Theory of Extremal Problems, North-Holland, 1979 (cited as [9]).
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Convex measures of risk and trading constraints, Finance and Stochastics 6(4):429–447, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200072
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rules in Stochastic and Robust Optimization 2: With Random Recourse, the SDP (3.14) Conservatively Approximates the Linear Decision Rule Problem, Exactly for l = 1Research Paper

Linear decision rules for stochastic programs with random recourse

In a one-stage stochastic program a decision maker observes a random outcome ξ\xiξ and then picks a decision x(ξ)x(\xi)x(ξ), subject to constraints that depend on ξ\xiξ, so as to minimize expected cost. The optimization variable is a whole function xxx, and computing the optimal value is #P-hard even for a uniform distribution on the unit cube (Dyer and Stougie, 2006, cited in the paper as [16, Theorem 3.2]). A standard tractable approximation, introduced for robust optimization by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (2004) and carried to stochastic programming by Shapiro–Nemirovski and Chen–Sim–Sun, restricts decisions to linear decision rules x(ξ)=Xξx(\xi)=X\xix(ξ)=Xξ. This restriction gives an upper bound on the optimal value.

Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou (2009/2011) study these approximations systematically. Their §3 treats the case where the constraint matrix itself depends on ξ\xiξ (random recourse). Linear decisions then produce constraints that are quadratic in ξ\xiξ, and the paper reformulates the resulting semi-infinite problem as a semidefinite program. This mission formalizes that reformulation, the primal half of the paper's Theorem 2.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability measure P\mathbb PP on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, with outcomes ξ\xiξ. The support Ξ\XiΞ of P\mathbb PP is the smallest closed set of probability one. It is assumed to have the form

Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)\Xi=\{\xi\in\mathbb R^k:\ e_1^\top\xi=1,\ \ \xi^\top W_\ell\xi\ge0,\ \ell=1,\dots,l\}\qquad(3.11)Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤​ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓ​ξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)

for symmetric matrices W1,…,WlW_1,\dots,W_lW1​,…,Wl​, where e1e_1e1​ is the first standard basis vector. The first coordinate of every outcome is therefore 111, so linear functions of ξ\xiξ are affine functions of the remaining coordinates. Ξ\XiΞ is assumed nonempty and bounded, and its linear hull is assumed to be Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Let S\mathbb SS denote the symmetric k×kk\times kk×k matrices and M=E(ξξ⊤)M=\mathbb E(\xi\xi^\top)M=E(ξξ⊤) the second-moment matrix.

The data are C∈Rn×kC\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}C∈Rn×k (cost c(ξ)=Cξc(\xi)=C\xic(ξ)=Cξ), B∈Rm×kB\in\mathbb R^{m\times k}B∈Rm×k (right-hand side b(ξ)=Bξb(\xi)=B\xib(ξ)=Bξ, with rows bμ⊤b_\mu^\topbμ⊤​), and A1,…,Am∈Rk×nA_1,\dots,A_m\in\mathbb R^{k\times n}A1​,…,Am​∈Rk×n, where the μ\muμth row of the recourse matrix A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ) is ξ⊤Aμ\xi^\top A_\muξ⊤Aμ​. The stochastic program SP\mathcal{SP}SP minimizes E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))\mathbb E(c(\xi)^\top x(\xi))E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ)) over square-integrable xxx subject to A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ)A(\xi)x(\xi)\le b(\xi)A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ) almost surely. It is strictly feasible if some square-integrable xˉ,sˉ\bar x,\bar sxˉ,sˉ and some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 satisfy A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ)A(\xi)\bar x(\xi)+\bar s(\xi)=b(\xi)A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ) and sˉ(ξ)≥εe\bar s(\xi)\ge\varepsilon esˉ(ξ)≥εe almost surely.

With linear decisions XξX\xiXξ and quadratic slacks ξ⊤Sμξ\xi^\top S_\mu\xiξ⊤Sμ​ξ, Sμ∈SS_\mu\in\mathbb SSμ​∈S, one obtains the primal approximation

SPu:min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤AμXξ+ξ⊤Sμξ=bμ⊤ξ,  ξ⊤Sμξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,\mathcal{SP}^u:\quad \min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \xi^\top A_\mu X\xi+\xi^\top S_\mu\xi=b_\mu^\top\xi,\ \ \xi^\top S_\mu\xi\ge0\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.},\ \mu=1,\dots,m,SPu:min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤Aμ​Xξ+ξ⊤Sμ​ξ=bμ⊤​ξ,  ξ⊤Sμ​ξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,

and the SDP (3.14)

min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤)+Sμ=12(e1bμ⊤+bμe1⊤),  Sμ−∑ℓΛμℓWℓ⪰0,  Λ≥0.\min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top)+S_\mu=\tfrac12(e_1b_\mu^\top+b_\mu e_1^\top),\ \ S_\mu-\textstyle\sum_\ell\Lambda_{\mu\ell}W_\ell\succeq0,\ \ \Lambda\ge0 .min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​)+Sμ​=21​(e1​bμ⊤​+bμ​e1⊤​),  Sμ​−∑ℓ​Λμℓ​Wℓ​⪰0,  Λ≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, primal half (p. 17)

Feas⁡(3.14) projects into Feas⁡SPu,val⁡SPu≤val⁡(3.14),\operatorname{Feas}(3.14)\ \text{projects into}\ \operatorname{Feas}\mathcal{SP}^u,\qquad \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u\le\operatorname{val}(3.14),Feas(3.14) projects into FeasSPu,valSPu≤val(3.14), l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ val⁡SPu=val⁡(3.14).l=1\ \text{and}\ \mathcal{SP}\ \text{strictly feasible}\ \Longrightarrow\ \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u=\operatorname{val}(3.14).l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ valSPu=val(3.14).

Milestones

  1. §3.2, (3.13), p. 12. The μ\muμth equality constraint of SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu holds almost surely if and only if Hμ:=12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤−e1bμ⊤−bμe1⊤)+Sμ=0H_\mu:=\tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top-e_1b_\mu^\top-b_\mu e_1^\top)+S_\mu=0Hμ​:=21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​−e1​bμ⊤​−bμ​e1⊤​)+Sμ​=0.
  2. Lemma 1 (S-lemma), p. 12. If ξˉ⊤Wξˉ>0\bar\xi^\top W\bar\xi>0ξˉ​⊤Wξˉ​>0 for some ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, then [ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]  ⟺  ∃λ≥0: S⪰λW[\xi^\top W\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0]\iff\exists\lambda\ge0:\ S\succeq\lambda W[ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]⟺∃λ≥0: S⪰λW. This is linked to the platform's proved S-procedure, of which it is the homogeneous case.
  3. Proposition 6, p. 12. For symmetric SSS: ∃λ≥0\exists\lambda\ge0∃λ≥0 with S−∑ℓλℓWℓ⪰0S-\sum_\ell\lambda_\ell W_\ell\succeq0S−∑ℓ​λℓ​Wℓ​⪰0 implies ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤Sξ≥0 almost surely, and the converse holds when l=1l=1l=1.

Significance

The theorem replaces a problem with infinitely many constraints, one per outcome, by a semidefinite program with O(mk2+ml)O(mk^2+ml)O(mk2+ml) variables. Its value is always an upper bound on SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu, and hence on SP\mathcal{SP}SP. When the support is a single ellipsoid in the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (l=1l=1l=1), the bound loses nothing beyond the restriction to linear decisions. For l>1l>1l>1 the gap is unavoidable in general: an exact tractable reformulation would decide copositivity, which is NP-hard (Remark 7). Random recourse arises whenever technology or yield coefficients are uncertain, for example in production planning and portfolio problems with uncertain returns.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization adds a precise statement of the hypotheses. Writing those hypotheses out showed that the unnumbered §3.2 step needs Ξ\XiΞ to have dimension k−1k-1k−1, which spanning alone does not give for nonconvex Ξ\XiΞ (see Formalization scope). The other half of Theorem 2, about the lower-bounding SDP (3.18), is false in this preprint and is not part of the mission.

Difficulty

The semi-infinite constraints hold only P\mathbb PP-almost surely. The first step is to pass from "almost surely" to "for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ", which uses that Ξ\XiΞ is exactly the support and that the constraint functions are continuous. A bound P(Ξ)=1\mathbb P(\Xi)=1P(Ξ)=1 alone is not enough. For the equality constraints, a quadratic form that vanishes on Ξ\XiΞ must vanish identically. This requires Ξ\XiΞ to be large enough, and the obvious argument from "Ξ\XiΞ spans Rk\mathbb R^kRk" fails when Ξ\XiΞ is a finite set. For the inequality constraints with l=1l=1l=1, the implication ξ⊤W1ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top W_1\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤W1​ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0 must be established on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk and not only on the slice e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1. Doing so needs boundedness of Ξ\XiΞ (no recession directions) and a strictly feasible point for the S-lemma. The S-lemma itself is a nonconvex duality statement. It is available on the platform.

Formalization scope

Outcomes live in Fin k → ℝ, with k≥1k\ge1k≥1 carried in the setting. Indices are 0-based: ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is coordinate 0, and μ,ℓ\mu,\ellμ,ℓ range over Fin m, Fin l. "Ξ\XiΞ is the support of P\mathbb PP" is stated as: Ξ\XiΞ is closed, P(Ξc)=0\mathbb P(\Xi^{\mathrm c})=0P(Ξc)=0, and every ball centred in Ξ\XiΞ has positive measure. Mathlib has no Measure.support at this revision. The standing assumptions (probability measure, symmetric WℓW_\ellWℓ​, support, nonempty, bounded, spanning) form one predicate assumed by every theorem. Decision rules are Borel measurable square-integrable functions. Optimal values are infima in EReal, +∞+\infty+∞ for an empty feasible set and −∞-\infty−∞ for an unbounded one. "Equivalent" means equal optimal values. Each SμS_\muSμ​ is required symmetric in both problems; ⪰\succeq⪰ is positive semidefiniteness and Λ≥0\Lambda\ge0Λ≥0 is componentwise. Strict feasibility of SP\mathcal{SP}SP in §3 is the paper's condition (2.9) of §2 with AAA replaced by A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ). The paper uses the phrase without restating it.

Repairs and narrowings:

  • Only the clauses of Theorem 2 about (3.14) and SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu are stated. The clauses about (3.18) and SPl\mathcal{SP}^lSPl are false in this preprint: a strictly feasible instance with l=1l=1l=1 has val⁡(3.18)≈1.170>ln⁡3=val⁡SP\operatorname{val}(3.18)\approx1.170>\ln3=\operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}val(3.18)≈1.170>ln3=valSP. Propositions 7–9 serve only that half and are not included. "Polynomial size, efficiently solvable" is informal and omitted.
  • The §3.2 milestone carries the extra hypothesis that Ξ\XiΞ contains a relatively open piece of the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (the paper's "dimension k−1k-1k−1", p. 10). Without it the claim is false for l≥2l\ge2l≥2. For l=1l=1l=1 the hypothesis follows from the standing assumptions, so the goal is unaffected.
  • Strict feasibility is kept in the l=1l=1l=1 clause as printed, although the argument does not use it.

The goal cannot be trivialized through its definitions. Feasibility is quantified P\mathbb PP-almost surely for a measure whose support is Ξ\XiΞ, not over an empty or arbitrary set. Both optimal values are infima of the same real objective over the problems' own feasible sets. The standing assumptions are satisfiable, for instance by k=2k=2k=2, W1=diag⁡(1,−1)W_1=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1)W1​=diag(1,−1), and P\mathbb PP the uniform law on {1}×[−1,1]\{1\}\times[-1,1]{1}×[−1,1].

The definitions (support of a measure, L2\mathcal L^2L2 decision rules, the random-recourse data) are reusable for the other sections of the paper and for related work on decision rules. Proofs of any milestone, Lean lemmas on quadratic forms vanishing on open cones, and an almost-sure-to-support transfer lemma are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Optimization Online 2009/02/2218 (2009); Math. Program. 130 (2011) 177–209. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/2218.pdf, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99 (2004) 351–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • S. Boyd, L. El Ghaoui, E. Feron, V. Balakrishnan, Linear Matrix Inequalities in System and Control Theory, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 15, 1994 (the paper's source for Lemma 1). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970777
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004, Appendix B (the S-procedure as stated on the platform). https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007) 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Math. Program. 106 (2006) 423–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0597-0
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Convex Risk Functions 1: Dual Representation of a Lower Semicontinuous Convex Risk Function, with Monotonicity, Translation Equivariance and Homogeneity Read Off Its Dual DomainResearch Paper

Motivation

A risk function assigns to an uncertain cost XXX (a function of the random state ω\omegaω) a single number ρ(X)\rho(X)ρ(X) that a decision maker can minimize. Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath (Math. Finance 9, 1999) singled out four axioms, convexity, monotonicity, translation equivariance and positive homogeneity, and called real-valued functions satisfying all four coherent. Föllmer and Schied (Finance Stoch. 6, 2002) and Frittelli and Rosazza Gianin dropped homogeneity to obtain convex risk measures. In each of these works, a central result is a dual representation: the risk function is a supremum of expectations under a family of probability measures, possibly with a penalty.

Ruszczyński and Shapiro (Math. Oper. Res. 31, 2006) place these representations inside general conjugate duality. Their Theorem 2.2 shows that, for any proper, lower semicontinuous, convex risk function on a locally convex space of measurable functions paired with a space of signed measures, the representation holds over the domain of the conjugate, and each remaining axiom corresponds exactly to a property of the measures in that domain. The paper then builds its optimization theory (subdifferentials of composite risk functions, optimality conditions, duality for nonanticipativity constraints) on this representation.

Timeline. Artzner et al. (1999): the coherent axioms, with a representation for finite Ω\OmegaΩ. Delbaen (2002): coherent measures on L∞L^\inftyL∞ under the Fatou property. Föllmer–Schied (2002): convex risk measures on bounded functions. Cheridito, Delbaen and Kupper (2004): spaces of processes. Rockafellar, Uryasev and Zabarankin (2002–2006): the risk envelope in L2\mathcal L_2L2​. Ruszczyński–Shapiro (2006): the general paired-space statement formalized here.

Setting

Outcomes are costs: smaller values of XXX are better. Let (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F) be a measurable space and Y\mathbb YY the space of finite signed measures on it. The mission fixes

  1. a real locally convex topological vector space X\mathcal XX of F\mathcal FF-measurable functions X:Ω→RX:\Omega\to\mathbb RX:Ω→R, with its own topology (for instance a norm), not necessarily pointwise convergence;
  2. a linear subspace Y⊆Y\mathcal Y\subseteq\mathbb YY⊆Y with ∫Ω∣X∣ d∣μ∣<∞\int_\Omega|X|\,d|\mu|<\infty∫Ω​∣X∣d∣μ∣<∞ for all X∈XX\in\mathcal XX∈X, μ∈Y\mu\in\mathcal Yμ∈Y, where ∣μ∣=μ++μ−|\mu|=\mu^++\mu^-∣μ∣=μ++μ−;
  3. the pairing ⟨μ,X⟩=∫ΩX dμ=∫X dμ+−∫X dμ−\langle\mu,X\rangle=\int_\Omega X\,d\mu=\int X\,d\mu^+-\int X\,d\mu^-⟨μ,X⟩=∫Ω​Xdμ=∫Xdμ+−∫Xdμ−, compatible with the topology of X\mathcal XX: every ⟨μ,⋅⟩\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle⟨μ,⋅⟩ is continuous, and every continuous linear functional on X\mathcal XX is some ⟨μ,⋅⟩\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle⟨μ,⋅⟩, μ∈Y\mu\in\mathcal Yμ∈Y.

Write X+\mathcal X_+X+​ for the nonnegative functions, Y⪰XY\succeq XY⪰X for Y(ω)≥X(ω)Y(\omega)\ge X(\omega)Y(ω)≥X(ω) for all ω\omegaω, Y+\mathcal Y_+Y+​ for the nonnegative measures in Y\mathcal YY, and P\mathcal PP for the probability measures in Y\mathcal YY. Condition (C) requires that every μ∈Y∖Y+\mu\in\mathcal Y\setminus\mathcal Y_+μ∈Y∖Y+​ have ⟨μ,X⟩<0\langle\mu,X\rangle<0⟨μ,X⟩<0 for some X∈X+X\in\mathcal X_+X∈X+​.

A risk function ρ:X→R‾\rho:\mathcal X\to\overline{\mathbb R}ρ:X→R is proper if it never equals −∞-\infty−∞ and is finite somewhere. The axioms are

  • (A1) ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y)\rho(\alpha X+(1-\alpha)Y)\le\alpha\rho(X)+(1-\alpha)\rho(Y)ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y), α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1];
  • (A2) Y⪰X⇒ρ(Y)≥ρ(X)Y\succeq X\Rightarrow\rho(Y)\ge\rho(X)Y⪰X⇒ρ(Y)≥ρ(X);
  • (A3) ρ(X+a)=ρ(X)+a\rho(X+a)=\rho(X)+aρ(X+a)=ρ(X)+a, a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R;
  • (A4) ρ(tX)=tρ(X)\rho(tX)=t\rho(X)ρ(tX)=tρ(X), t>0t>0t>0.

The conjugate is ρ∗(μ)=sup⁡X∈X{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ(X)}\rho^*(\mu)=\sup_{X\in\mathcal X}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho(X)\}ρ∗(μ)=supX∈X​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ(X)}, the biconjugate ρ∗∗(X)=sup⁡μ∈Y{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}\rho^{**}(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal Y}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho^*(\mu)\}ρ∗∗(X)=supμ∈Y​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}, the dual domain A=dom⁡ρ∗={μ∈Y:ρ∗(μ)<+∞}\mathcal A=\operatorname{dom}\rho^*=\{\mu\in\mathcal Y:\rho^*(\mu)<+\infty\}A=domρ∗={μ∈Y:ρ∗(μ)<+∞}, and lsc⁡(ρ)(X)=lim inf⁡Z→Xρ(Z)\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)(X)=\liminf_{Z\to X}\rho(Z)lsc(ρ)(X)=liminfZ→X​ρ(Z) the lower semicontinuous hull. In Lean these are pair, PairedSpaces, CondC, IsProper, A1–A4, conj, biconj, dualDom and lscHull in ConvexRiskFn.Dual.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2 (p. 435)

Under condition (C), for ρ\rhoρ proper, lower semicontinuous and convex,

ρ(X)=sup⁡μ∈A{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}∀X,(2.6)\rho(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal A}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho^*(\mu)\}\quad\forall X,\qquad(2.6)ρ(X)=μ∈Asup​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}∀X,(2.6)

and (i) (A2) holds iff every μ∈A\mu\in\mathcal Aμ∈A is nonnegative; (ii) when X\mathcal XX contains the constant function 111, (A3) holds iff μ(Ω)=1\mu(\Omega)=1μ(Ω)=1 for all μ∈A\mu\in\mathcal Aμ∈A; (iii) (A4) holds iff ρ(X)=sup⁡μ∈A⟨μ,X⟩\rho(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal A}\langle\mu,X\rangleρ(X)=supμ∈A​⟨μ,X⟩ for all XXX (2.7).

Milestones

  1. Under (C), Y+={μ∈Y:⟨μ,X⟩≥0 ∀X∈X+}\mathcal Y_+=\{\mu\in\mathcal Y:\langle\mu,X\rangle\ge0\ \forall X\in\mathcal X_+\}Y+​={μ∈Y:⟨μ,X⟩≥0 ∀X∈X+​} (p. 434).
  2. Theorem 2.1 (Fenchel–Moreau): ρ∗∗=lsc⁡(ρ)\rho^{**}=\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)ρ∗∗=lsc(ρ) for convex proper ρ\rhoρ with lsc⁡(ρ)>−∞\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)>-\inftylsc(ρ)>−∞.
  3. The representation (2.6) by itself.
  4. Under (C) and (A2), ρ∗(μ)=+∞\rho^*(\mu)=+\inftyρ∗(μ)=+∞ for μ∉Y+\mu\notin\mathcal Y_+μ∈/Y+​.
  5. Under (A3), ρ∗(μ)=+∞\rho^*(\mu)=+\inftyρ∗(μ)=+∞ when μ(Ω)≠1\mu(\Omega)\ne1μ(Ω)=1.
  6. Under (A4), ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ is the indicator function of {μ∈Y:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ}\{\mu\in\mathcal Y:\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle\le\rho\}{μ∈Y:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ}.

Companion: the risk envelope (2.8), p. 436

Under (A1)–(A3), (2.6) holds with A⊆P\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal PA⊆P; adding (A4), ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ is the indicator of A={μ∈P:⟨μ,X⟩≤ρ(X) ∀X}\mathcal A=\{\mu\in\mathcal P:\langle\mu,X\rangle\le\rho(X)\ \forall X\}A={μ∈P:⟨μ,X⟩≤ρ(X) ∀X}.

Significance

Theorem 2.2 is the unifying statement behind the dual representations of coherent and convex risk measures: one theorem covers bounded measurable functions paired with all finite signed measures, Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ paired with Lq\mathcal L_qLq​, and weak topologies. Downstream, the paper uses it to describe subdifferentials of risk functions as subsets of A\mathcal AA, to derive optimality conditions for min⁡zρ(F(z))\min_z\rho(F(z))minz​ρ(F(z)), and to obtain the risk envelope (2.8) used in distributionally robust optimization.

The result is proved in the paper, assuming Fenchel–Moreau in locally convex spaces as a cited theorem. As far as is known, neither Theorem 2.2 nor Fenchel–Moreau for extended-real functions on a general locally convex space has a machine-checked proof. At the pinned revision Mathlib has geometric Hahn–Banach separation in locally convex spaces but no Fenchel conjugate at all. A formal proof of the goal would yield, in particular, a reusable Fenchel–Moreau theorem for extended-real convex functions under a measure pairing.

Difficulty

The characterizations (i)–(iii) are short once (2.6) is available; the weight sits in (2.6), that is, in Fenchel–Moreau. Its proof separates a point below the epigraph from the closed convex epigraph in X×R\mathcal X\times\mathbb RX×R, which needs Hahn–Banach in a locally convex space, the identification of the separating functional with a measure in Y\mathcal YY through the compatibility assumption, and a careful case analysis when the separating hyperplane is vertical, a case that occurs because ρ\rhoρ may take the value +∞+\infty+∞. The extended-real arithmetic (r−(+∞)=−∞r-(+\infty)=-\inftyr−(+∞)=−∞, 0⋅(+∞)=00\cdot(+\infty)=00⋅(+∞)=0) has to be tracked through every supremum. A finite-dimensional argument does not transfer: X\mathcal XX is an arbitrary locally convex space, and lower semicontinuity is with respect to its own topology.

Formalization scope

X\mathcal XX is an abstract real vector space with a topology and the instances IsTopologicalAddGroup, ContinuousSMul ℝ, LocallyConvexSpace ℝ (no Hausdorff assumption), mapped injectively and linearly into Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R. Y\mathcal YY is a Submodule ℝ (SignedMeasure Ω). The pairing is the difference of the Bochner integrals against the Jordan parts; integrability against ∣μ∣|\mu|∣μ∣ is a field of the structure, so the pairing is never the junk value of a non-integrable integral. The topology of Y\mathcal YY is not modelled, since no statement uses it. Risk functions take values in EReal, and every supremum is an iSup in EReal. The order ⪰\succeq⪰ is pointwise, not almost everywhere. The constant aaa in (A3) is a⋅1a\cdot\mathbf 1a⋅1 for an element 1∈X\mathbf 1\in\mathcal X1∈X equal to the constant function 111. Condition (C) is a separate hypothesis, assumed where it is used.

Two statements depart from the page, and both departures are disclosed in their items. Theorem 2.1 carries the extra hypothesis lsc⁡(ρ)>−∞\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)>-\inftylsc(ρ)>−∞, without which the printed statement is false in infinite dimension; Theorem 2.1 is a cited result, and the goal does not depend on this choice. The indicator-function milestone names the set {μ:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ}\{\mu:\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle\le\rho\}{μ:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ} explicitly instead of "a closed convex subset of Y\mathcal YY".

The goal mentions neither ρ∗∗\rho^{**}ρ∗∗ nor lsc⁡(ρ)\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)lsc(ρ): it is stated about ρ\rhoρ, ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ and A\mathcal AA alone, and a proof must establish (2.6) from the hypotheses, not assume it. The hypotheses are satisfiable: a one-point Ω\OmegaΩ with X=R{∗}\mathcal X=\mathbb R^{\{\ast\}}X=R{∗}, Y=Y\mathcal Y=\mathbb YY=Y and ρ(X)=X(∗)\rho(X)=X(\ast)ρ(X)=X(∗) meets all of them, including (C) and (A1)–(A4).

Contributions are welcome at every level: Fenchel–Moreau for EReal-valued convex functions on locally convex spaces (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas about the pairing (linearity, ⟨μ,1⟩=μ(Ω)\langle\mu,1\rangle=\mu(\Omega)⟨μ,1⟩=μ(Ω), positivity), and the milestones in the order listed.

Selected references

  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3):433–452, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0186
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Convex measures of risk and trading constraints, Finance and Stochastics 6(4):429–447, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200072
  • F. Delbaen, Coherent risk measures on general probability spaces, in Advances in Finance and Stochastics, Springer, 2002, 1–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-04790-3_1
  • P. Cheridito, F. Delbaen, M. Kupper, Coherent and convex monetary risk measures for bounded càdlàg processes, Stochastic Processes and their Applications 112(1):1–22, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.009
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Conjugate Duality and Optimization, SIAM, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970524
  • R. T. Rockafellar, S. Uryasev, M. Zabarankin, Generalized deviations in risk analysis, Finance and Stochastics 10(1):51–74, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00780-005-0165-8
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games 3: In Every Harmonic Game the Uniformly Mixed Strategy Profile Is a Mixed Nash EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

Finite games in strategic form are the basic model of strategic interaction in economics, engineering and computer science. Potential games (Monderer and Shapley, 1996, DOI 10.1006/game.1996.0044) are the class with the most tractable equilibrium behaviour: every finite potential game has a pure Nash equilibrium, and simple learning dynamics converge to one.

Candogan, Menache, Ozdaglar and Parrilo (arXiv:1005.2405; Mathematics of Operations Research 36(3), 2011, DOI 10.1287/moor.1110.0500) decompose every finite game canonically into a potential, a harmonic and a nonstrategic component, by viewing the payoff differences of a game as a flow on a graph and applying the combinatorial Helmholtz decomposition. Harmonic games are the complement of potential games, and their equilibria behave in the opposite way: they generically have no pure Nash equilibrium. This mission formalizes the paper's positive result on the harmonic side. In every harmonic game, whatever the number of players and strategies, the profile in which every player randomizes uniformly over its strategies is a mixed Nash equilibrium. Rock–paper–scissors and matching pennies are the familiar two-player instances.

Setting

A finite game has a finite set of players M\mathcal MM and, for each player mmm, a nonempty finite strategy set EmE^mEm with hm=∣Em∣h_m = |E^m|hm​=∣Em∣ elements. A strategy profile is p=(pm)m∈E=∏mEmp = (p^m)_m \in E = \prod_m E^mp=(pm)m​∈E=∏m​Em. We write p−mp^{-m}p−m for the strategies of the players other than mmm, E−m=∏k≠mEkE^{-m} = \prod_{k\ne m}E^kE−m=∏k=m​Ek, and (qm,p−m)(q^m, p^{-m})(qm,p−m) for ppp with player mmm's strategy replaced by qmq^mqm. A game is identified with its utilities u=(um)mu = (u^m)_mu=(um)m​, um:E→Ru^m : E \to \mathbb Rum:E→R, which form an element of C0MC_0^MC0M​, where C0={f:E→R}C_0 = \{f : E\to\mathbb R\}C0​={f:E→R} carries ⟨φ1,φ2⟩0=∑pφ1(p)φ2(p)\langle\varphi_1,\varphi_2\rangle_0 = \sum_p\varphi_1(p)\varphi_2(p)⟨φ1​,φ2​⟩0​=∑p​φ1​(p)φ2​(p).

Two profiles are mmm-comparable if they are distinct and differ only in player mmm's strategy. The game graph has the profiles as nodes and joins every comparable pair. An edge flow is a function XXX on ordered pairs of profiles with X(p,q)=−X(q,p)X(p,q) = -X(q,p)X(p,q)=−X(q,p) on edges and X=0X = 0X=0 off edges. The space C1C_1C1​ of edge flows carries ⟨X,Y⟩1=12∑(p,q)∈AX(p,q)Y(p,q)\langle X,Y\rangle_1 = \tfrac12\sum_{(p,q)\in A}X(p,q)Y(p,q)⟨X,Y⟩1​=21​∑(p,q)∈A​X(p,q)Y(p,q). The combinatorial gradient is (δ0φ)(p,q)=W(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p))(\delta_0\varphi)(p,q) = W(p,q)(\varphi(q)-\varphi(p))(δ0​φ)(p,q)=W(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p)), with WWW the edge indicator, and δ0∗\delta_0^*δ0∗​ is its adjoint. Restricting to mmm-comparable pairs gives Dm:C0→C1D_m : C_0\to C_1Dm​:C0​→C1​, and Du=∑mDmumDu = \sum_m D_m u^mDu=∑m​Dm​um is the flow of payoff differences of uuu. With Πm=Dm†Dm\Pi_m = D_m^\dagger D_mΠm​=Dm†​Dm​ (Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse) and Π=diag⁡(Π1,…,ΠM)\Pi = \operatorname{diag}(\Pi_1,\dots,\Pi_M)Π=diag(Π1​,…,ΠM​), Definition 4.2 of the paper sets

H={u∣u=Πu, Du∈ker⁡δ0∗},N=ker⁡D.\mathcal H = \{u \mid u = \Pi u,\ Du \in \ker\delta_0^*\},\qquad \mathcal N = \ker D .H={u∣u=Πu, Du∈kerδ0∗​},N=kerD.

A game is a harmonic game if u∈H⊕Nu\in\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal Nu∈H⊕N, and a normalized harmonic game if u∈Hu\in\mathcal Hu∈H.

A mixed strategy of player mmm is a probability vector xm∈ΔEmx^m\in\Delta E^mxm∈ΔEm, and a mixed strategy profile is x={xm}m∈∏mΔEmx = \{x^m\}_m\in\prod_m\Delta E^mx={xm}m​∈∏m​ΔEm. The mixed extension is um(x)=∑p∈Eum(p)∏kxk(pk)u^m(x) = \sum_{p\in E}u^m(p)\prod_k x^k(p^k)um(x)=∑p∈E​um(p)∏k​xk(pk) (34). The payoff of the pure strategy qmq^mqm against x−mx^{-m}x−m is um(qm,x−m)=∑p−mum(qm,p−m)∏k≠mxk(pk)u^m(q^m,x^{-m}) = \sum_{p^{-m}}u^m(q^m,p^{-m})\prod_{k\ne m}x^k(p^k)um(qm,x−m)=∑p−m​um(qm,p−m)∏k=m​xk(pk) (35). A mixed Nash equilibrium (Definition 5.1.1) is a mixed profile with um(xm,x−m)≥um(pm,x−m)u^m(x^m,x^{-m})\ge u^m(p^m,x^{-m})um(xm,x−m)≥um(pm,x−m) for every mmm and pm∈Emp^m\in E^mpm∈Em. A probability distribution x∈ΔEx\in\Delta Ex∈ΔE on profiles is a correlated equilibrium (Definition 5.1.2) if ∑p−m(um(pm,p−m)−um(qm,p−m)) x(pm,p−m)≥0\sum_{p^{-m}}(u^m(p^m,p^{-m})-u^m(q^m,p^{-m}))\,x(p^m,p^{-m})\ge 0∑p−m​(um(pm,p−m)−um(qm,p−m))x(pm,p−m)≥0 for all mmm and pm,qmp^m,q^mpm,qm. The uniformly mixed strategy profile (Definition 5.2) has xm(qm)=1/hmx^m(q^m) = 1/h_mxm(qm)=1/hm​ for every mmm and qmq^mqm.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.4

For every harmonic game u∈H⊕Nu\in\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal Nu∈H⊕N, the uniformly mixed strategy profile xxx is a mixed Nash equilibrium:

um(xm,x−m)  ≥  um(pm,x−m)for all m∈M, pm∈Em.u^m(x^m,x^{-m}) \;\ge\; u^m(p^m,x^{-m})\qquad\text{for all } m\in\mathcal M,\ p^m\in E^m .um(xm,x−m)≥um(pm,x−m)for all m∈M, pm∈Em.

Milestones

  1. Lemma A.1: for every edge flow X^\hat XX^ and every set of profiles S^\hat SS^, ∑p∈S^(δ0∗X^)(p)=−∑p∈S^∑q∈S^cX^(p,q)\sum_{p\in\hat S}(\delta_0^*\hat X)(p) = -\sum_{p\in\hat S}\sum_{q\in\hat S^c}\hat X(p,q)∑p∈S^​(δ0∗​X^)(p)=−∑p∈S^​∑q∈S^c​X^(p,q).
  2. Lemma 5.2: in a harmonic game, ∑p−m∈E−m(um(rm,p−m)−um(qm,p−m))=0\sum_{p^{-m}\in E^{-m}}\big(u^m(r^m,p^{-m}) - u^m(q^m,p^{-m})\big) = 0∑p−m∈E−m​(um(rm,p−m)−um(qm,p−m))=0 for all mmm and qm,rmq^m, r^mqm,rm.
  3. Proposition 5.2: in a normalized harmonic game, a distribution x∈ΔEx\in\Delta Ex∈ΔE is a correlated equilibrium iff all the inequalities of Definition 5.1.2 hold with equality (36), iff ∑p−mum(qm,p−m) x(pm,p−m)=0\sum_{p^{-m}}u^m(q^m,p^{-m})\,x(p^m,p^{-m}) = 0∑p−m​um(qm,p−m)x(pm,p−m)=0 for all m,pm,qmm,p^m,q^mm,pm,qm (37).
  4. Remark after Proposition 5.2: the equivalence of correlated equilibrium with (36) holds for all harmonic games.
  5. Corollary 5.2: in a harmonic game, a mixed profile is a mixed Nash equilibrium iff um(xm,x−m)=um(pm,x−m)u^m(x^m,x^{-m}) = u^m(p^m,x^{-m})um(xm,x−m)=um(pm,x−m) for all mmm and pmp^mpm (42).

Significance

Theorem 5.4 is the counterpart, for harmonic games, of the existence of pure equilibria in potential games. It exhibits an explicit equilibrium that does not depend on the payoffs at all, only on the strategy counts hmh_mhm​. Corollary 5.2, a milestone here, adds that at any mixed equilibrium of a harmonic game every player is indifferent among all its pure strategies, including those outside the support. That is much stronger than the usual support condition. Proposition 5.2 shows that the correlated equilibria of a normalized harmonic game are the points of the probability simplex in a linear subspace determined by the utilities. The paper uses that description in its later analysis of two-player harmonic games.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. The formalization connects the paper's operator layer (flows on the game graph, the gradient and its adjoint with the 12\tfrac1221​-weighted inner product, pseudoinverses) with standard equilibrium notions on finite games. It reuses published definitions of lotteries, the mixed extension and correlated equilibria.

Difficulty

The equilibrium statement follows quickly once Lemma 5.2 is available. The difficulty lies in translating the harmonic condition, a statement about the adjoint of an operator on edge flows, into an identity about payoffs. That needs the explicit form of δ0∗\delta_0^*δ0∗​, which depends on the 12\tfrac1221​ in the inner product of C1C_1C1​. It also needs the fact that DDD kills the nonstrategic component, and a computation of the flow of DuDuDu across the boundary of the set of profiles in which player mmm plays rmr^mrm. Corollary 5.2 needs the passage from mixed profiles to product distributions on profiles and a careful accounting of sums over p−mp^{-m}p−m against sums over full profiles.

The first idea, to use the normalization ∑qmum(qm,p−m)=0\sum_{q^m}u^m(q^m,p^{-m}) = 0∑qm​um(qm,p−m)=0, is not available. The goal concerns all harmonic games, not only normalized ones, and normalization alone does not give indifference against uniform opponents: the harmonic condition is essential.

Formalization scope

Players form a finite type ι with decidable equality, and the strategy sets E m are nonempty finite types, as in the paper (Em={1,…,hm}E^m = \{1,\dots,h_m\}Em={1,…,hm​}). The hypothesis [∀ m, Nonempty (E m)] is stated explicitly on the game theorems, because the uniform profile 1/hm1/h_m1/hm​ is a probability vector only if hm≥1h_m\ge1hm​≥1. A game is an element of PiLp 2 (fun _ => EuclideanSpace ℝ (∀ k, E k)) with the unweighted sum inner product of p. 14. C1C_1C1​ is the subspace of edge flows with the inner product 12∑\tfrac12\sum21​∑ of (7). δ0∗\delta_0^*δ0∗​ is Mathlib's adjoint, and the pseudoinverse is defined directly. H\mathcal HH and N\mathcal NN are defined by (28), and harmonic games are the submodule H ⊔ N. Lotteries, mixed profiles and the mixed extension (34) come from the published agt_games definitions; correlated equilibrium is the published HartSchmeidler.Finite.IsCorrelatedEq. The pure-deviation payoff (35), mixed Nash equilibrium with pure deviations (Definition 5.1.1, as printed), and the uniform profile are defined in the mission. Sums over p−mp^{-m}p−m are written as sums over the profiles with player mmm's strategy fixed, so each p−mp^{-m}p−m is counted once.

The goal concerns mixed Nash equilibria. Stating it for the uniform product distribution as a correlated equilibrium, or for normalized games only, would be a weaker statement and is not the target. No hypothesis is added beyond the nonemptiness of the strategy sets.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and general lemmas on adjoints of graph gradients and on product distributions that are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • O. Candogan, I. Menache, A. Ozdaglar, P. A. Parrilo, Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games, arXiv:1005.2405v2, 2010; Mathematics of Operations Research 36(3), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.2405, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0500
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games and Economic Behavior 14, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
  • S. Hart, D. Schmeidler, Existence of Correlated Equilibria, Mathematics of Operations Research 14(1), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.14.1.18
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Convex Risk Functions 3: A Distribution-Invariant Risk Function Is Consistent with the Increasing Convex Order Iff It Is Monotone and Risk AverseResearch Paper

Motivation

Risk-averse optimization replaces the expected cost E[X]\mathbb E[X]E[X] of a random outcome by a risk function ρ(X)\rho(X)ρ(X) that also penalizes dispersion: mean–deviation, mean–semideviation, conditional value-at-risk (CVaR) and their combinations are the standard examples in stochastic programming and portfolio selection. A decision maker who uses ρ\rhoρ should not prefer an outcome that every risk-averse expected-utility maximizer rejects. For costs, the order that expresses this agreement among risk-averse agents is the increasing convex order: X2X_2X2​ is worse than X1X_1X1​ if E[u(X2)]≥E[u(X1)]\mathbb E[u(X_2)]\ge\mathbb E[u(X_1)]E[u(X2​)]≥E[u(X1​)] for every increasing convex disutility uuu. It is the counterpart, for costs, of second-order stochastic dominance.

Whether a given mean–risk model is consistent with stochastic dominance was settled model by model: Ogryczak and Ruszczyński for mean–semideviation models (Eur. J. Oper. Res. 1999, Math. Program. 2001, SIAM J. Optim. 2002) and Pflug for CVaR (2000). Ruszczyński and Shapiro (Math. Oper. Res. 31, 2006) gave a single criterion, Theorem 5.1, which contains these results as special cases: among risk functions that depend only on the distribution of the outcome, consistency with the increasing convex order is equivalent to two structural properties, monotonicity and risk aversion.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and p∈[1,∞)p\in[1,\infty)p∈[1,∞). The space of outcomes is X=Lp(Ω,F,P)\mathcal X=\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)X=Lp​(Ω,F,P), the real random variables with E∣X∣p<∞\mathbb E|X|^p<\inftyE∣X∣p<∞. An outcome is a cost: smaller is better. A risk function is a map ρ:X→R\rho:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rρ:X→R.

  • The cdf of XXX is FX(t)=P(X≤t)F_X(t)=P(X\le t)FX​(t)=P(X≤t). ρ\rhoρ is distribution invariant (Definition 5.2) if FX1=FX2F_{X_1}=F_{X_2}FX1​​=FX2​​ implies ρ(X1)=ρ(X2)\rho(X_1)=\rho(X_2)ρ(X1​)=ρ(X2​).
  • ρ\rhoρ satisfies (A2) (monotonicity) if X≤YX\le YX≤Y almost surely implies ρ(X)≤ρ(Y)\rho(X)\le\rho(Y)ρ(X)≤ρ(Y).
  • ρ\rhoρ is risk averse (Definition 5.1) if for every σ\sigmaσ-algebra G⊂F\mathcal G\subset\mathcal FG⊂F and every X∈XX\in\mathcal XX∈X,
ρ(X) ≥ ρ(E[X∣G]),\rho(X)\ \ge\ \rho\big(\mathbb E[X\mid\mathcal G]\big),ρ(X) ≥ ρ(E[X∣G]),

for every version of the conditional expectation.

  • For random variables X1,X2X_1,X_2X1​,X2​, the usual stochastic order X2⪰stX1X_2\succeq_{\mathrm{st}}X_1X2​⪰st​X1​ holds if E[u(X2)]≥E[u(X1)]\mathbb E[u(X_2)]\ge\mathbb E[u(X_1)]E[u(X2​)]≥E[u(X1​)] for every nondecreasing u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R for which both expectations exist; the increasing convex order X2⪰icxX1X_2\succeq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_1X2​⪰icx​X1​ is the same with uuu ranging over the increasing convex functions.
  • ρ\rhoρ is consistent with an order ⪰\succeq⪰ if X2⪰X1X_2\succeq X_1X2​⪰X1​ implies ρ(X2)≥ρ(X1)\rho(X_2)\ge\rho(X_1)ρ(X2​)≥ρ(X1​) for all X1,X2∈XX_1,X_2\in\mathcal XX1​,X2​∈X.

The paper places one more standing assumption on §5.2: the space is rich enough to carry a uniform random variable, a measurable U:Ω→RU:\Omega\to\mathbb RU:Ω→R with P(U≤t)=tP(U\le t)=tP(U≤t)=t for all t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1].

In Lean these are IsUniformRV, cdfOf, cdfInv, DistInvariant, A2, RiskAverse, StLE, ConsistentSt and ConsistentIcx in the namespace ConvexRiskFn.Order; the increasing convex order is the published StochasticOrders.MonotoneConvex.IcxOrder P P X₁ X₂, read as X1⪯icxX2X_1\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_2X1​⪯icx​X2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 446)

Under the standing assumptions, for every distribution-invariant ρ:X→R\rho:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rρ:X→R,

ρ consistent with ⪰icx⟺ρ satisfies (A2) and is risk averse.\rho\ \text{consistent with}\ \succeq_{\mathrm{icx}}\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \rho\ \text{satisfies (A2) and is risk averse}.ρ consistent with ⪰icx​⟺ρ satisfies (A2) and is risk averse.

No convexity, translation equivariance or positive homogeneity of ρ\rhoρ is assumed.

Milestones

  1. The usual stochastic order and the cdf (§5.2, p. 445): X2⪰stX1X_2\succeq_{\mathrm{st}}X_1X2​⪰st​X1​ iff FX2(t)≤FX1(t)F_{X_2}(t)\le F_{X_1}(t)FX2​​(t)≤FX1​​(t) for all ttt.
  2. The quantile coupling (proof of Lemma 5.1, p. 446): FX−1(U)F_X^{-1}(U)FX−1​(U) has the law of XXX, and FX2≤FX1F_{X_2}\le F_{X_1}FX2​​≤FX1​​ gives FX1−1(U)≤FX2−1(U)F_{X_1}^{-1}(U)\le F_{X_2}^{-1}(U)FX1​−1​(U)≤FX2​−1​(U) almost surely.
  3. Lemma 5.1 (p. 445): a distribution-invariant ρ\rhoρ is consistent with ⪰st\succeq_{\mathrm{st}}⪰st​ iff it satisfies (A2).
  4. Conditional expectation is icx-smaller (proof of Theorem 5.1, p. 446): E[X∣G]∈X\mathbb E[X\mid\mathcal G]\in\mathcal XE[X∣G]∈X and E[X∣G]⪯icxX\mathbb E[X\mid\mathcal G]\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}XE[X∣G]⪯icx​X.
  5. Strassen's coupling on Ω\OmegaΩ (proof of Theorem 5.1, p. 446): if X1⪯icxX2X_1\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_2X1​⪯icx​X2​, there are X^1∼DX1\widehat X_1\overset{D}{\sim}X_1X1​∼DX1​, X^2∼DX2\widehat X_2\overset{D}{\sim}X_2X2​∼DX2​ on the same Ω\OmegaΩ with X^1≤E[X^2∣X^1]\widehat X_1\le\mathbb E[\widehat X_2\mid\widehat X_1]X1​≤E[X2​∣X1​] a.s.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 reduces a property quantified over all pairs of ordered distributions to two properties that can be checked on the risk function directly. Monotonicity is usually immediate, and risk aversion follows for the main examples from the dual representation of the risk function (the paper verifies it for mean–semideviation and for CVaR-based models in §5.1). The theorem then yields at once the consistency of these models with the increasing convex order, which was previously proved case by case. It also explains the failures: a law-invariant risk function that violates (A2), such as mean–deviation for p>1p>1p>1 under the paper's condition (∗)(*)(∗), cannot be consistent with any increasing integral stochastic order.

The result has a complete published proof. What the mission adds is a machine-checked version of it on the paper's own space Lp(Ω,F,P)\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)Lp​(Ω,F,P), together with reusable pieces of stochastic-order theory: the cdf characterization of the usual stochastic order, the quantile coupling, conditional Jensen in increasing-convex form, and Strassen's martingale coupling realized on a given space carrying a uniform random variable. Mathlib has conditional Jensen for convex functions (ConvexOn.map_condExp_le_univ) but not the stochastic orders, the quantile coupling or Strassen's theorem. Strassen's theorem for laws on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, with a coupling on some probability space, is posed separately on Prove2Me but not proved.

Difficulty

The forward direction is short given milestone 4. The reverse direction is where the work is. Consistency compares ρ(X1)\rho(X_1)ρ(X1​) and ρ(X2)\rho(X_2)ρ(X2​) for random variables that are related only through their laws: X1⪯icxX2X_1\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_2X1​⪯icx​X2​ says nothing about X1(ω)X_1(\omega)X1​(ω) versus X2(ω)X_2(\omega)X2​(ω), so neither (A2) nor risk aversion applies to the pair as given. The argument has to replace the pair by another pair, with the same laws, on the same space Ω\OmegaΩ, related by a conditional expectation; only then can monotonicity and risk aversion be chained. Producing that pair is Strassen's theorem, a nonconstructive existence result about martingale couplings, and it has to be realized on the given Ω\OmegaΩ, not on a product space built for the purpose, because ρ\rhoρ is defined only on Lp(Ω,F,P)\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)Lp​(Ω,F,P). That is the role of the uniform random variable, and transporting the coupling onto Ω\OmegaΩ through it is a separate measure-theoretic step. The first-order analogue, Lemma 5.1, needs the same kind of transfer, through quantile functions, whose values at 000 and 111 must be handled.

Formalization scope

  • Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ is encoded by functions Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R satisfying MemLp X p P with 1 ≤ p and p ≠ ⊤, not by almost-everywhere classes. ρ\rhoρ is a function (Ω → ℝ) → ℝ; every definition quantifies only over MemLp arguments, so its values elsewhere play no role. ρ\rhoρ is real valued, as in Definition 5.2.
  • The order in (A2) is the almost-sure order, the order of Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ (p. 434).
  • "For which the expectations exist" is integrability of u∘X1u\circ X_1u∘X1​ and u∘X2u\circ X_2u∘X2​, as in the published increasing convex order.
  • Risk aversion quantifies over every sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebra G⊆F\mathcal G\subseteq\mathcal FG⊆F and every G\mathcal GG-measurable version of Mathlib's conditional expectation P[X|m].
  • The uniform random variable and p∈[1,∞)p\in[1,\infty)p∈[1,∞) appear as hypotheses of the goal, of Lemma 5.1 and of milestone 5, exactly where the paper's standing assumptions of §5.2 apply. Milestones 1 and 4 do not need them.
  • The quantile F−1(t)=inf⁡{s:F(s)≥t}F^{-1}(t)=\inf\{s:F(s)\ge t\}F−1(t)=inf{s:F(s)≥t} is a real infimum, which is 000 where the paper's value is ±∞\pm\infty±∞ (t∉(0,1)t\notin(0,1)t∈/(0,1)); milestone 2 is therefore stated almost surely.
  • The goal mentions neither quantiles, nor UUU beyond its existence, nor any coupling. A statement that assumed convexity of ρ\rhoρ, dropped distribution invariance, restricted to bounded or pointwise-ordered outcomes, or replaced risk aversion by the single σ\sigmaσ-algebra {∅,Ω}\{\emptyset,\Omega\}{∅,Ω} would be a different and weaker theorem and does not count.

Needed infrastructure: equality in law from equality of cdfs, the quantile transform, conditional Jensen's inequality (in Mathlib) turned into the increasing convex order, and Strassen's theorem in dimension one with the transfer of a coupling to a space carrying a uniform random variable. The last two are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of supporting lemmas such as the cdf characterization of equality in law, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3):433–452, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0186
  • A. Müller, D. Stoyan, Comparison Methods for Stochastic Models and Risks, Wiley, 2002 (Theorem 1.2.8, Corollary 1.5.21). https://www.wiley.com/en-us/Comparison+Methods+for+Stochastic+Models+and+Risks-p-9780471494461
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(2):423–439, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • D. Blackwell, Equivalent comparisons of experiments, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(2):265–272, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729032
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean–risk models, SIAM Journal on Optimization 13(1):60–78, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • M. Shaked, J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games 2: Harmonic Games Generically Have No Pure Nash EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

Finite games in strategic form are the basic model of interaction between self-interested agents in economics, engineering and computer science. Among them, potential games (Monderer and Shapley, 1996) are the class with the most tractable equilibrium behaviour: every finite potential game has a pure Nash equilibrium, and simple learning dynamics such as best response and fictitious play converge to one. A natural question is what lies at the opposite end of the space of games, and how far a general game is from that tractable class.

Candogan, Menache, Ozdaglar and Parrilo (arXiv:1005.2405; Mathematics of Operations Research 36(3), 2011, DOI 10.1287/moor.1110.0500) answer this with a canonical decomposition of every finite game into a potential, a harmonic and a nonstrategic component, obtained by viewing the payoff differences of a game as a flow on a graph and applying the combinatorial Helmholtz decomposition. Harmonic games, those whose potential component vanishes, are the complement of potential games, and the paper shows that their equilibrium behaviour is opposite as well. This mission formalizes the first such result: harmonic games generically have no pure Nash equilibrium, so the guaranteed existence of pure equilibria in potential games has no counterpart on the harmonic side. The decomposition has since been used to study near-potential games and the convergence of learning dynamics in them.

Setting

A finite game has a finite set of players M\mathcal MM with M=∣M∣M = |\mathcal M|M=∣M∣ and, for each player mmm, a nonempty finite strategy set EmE^mEm with hm=∣Em∣h_m = |E^m|hm​=∣Em∣ elements. A strategy profile is p=(pm)m∈E=∏mEmp = (p^m)_m \in E = \prod_m E^mp=(pm)m​∈E=∏m​Em, and (qm,p−m)(q^m, p^{-m})(qm,p−m) denotes ppp with player mmm's strategy replaced by qmq^mqm. The utilities u=(um)mu = (u^m)_mu=(um)m​ assign to each player a function um:E→Ru^m : E \to \mathbb Rum:E→R; for fixed M\mathcal MM and EEE a game is identified with its utilities, an element of C0MC_0^MC0M​, where C0={f:E→R}C_0 = \{f : E \to \mathbb R\}C0​={f:E→R} carries the inner product ⟨φ1,φ2⟩0=∑pφ1(p)φ2(p)\langle \varphi_1,\varphi_2\rangle_0 = \sum_p \varphi_1(p)\varphi_2(p)⟨φ1​,φ2​⟩0​=∑p​φ1​(p)φ2​(p).

A profile ppp is a pure Nash equilibrium if um(pm,p−m)≥um(qm,p−m)u^m(p^m, p^{-m}) \ge u^m(q^m, p^{-m})um(pm,p−m)≥um(qm,p−m) for every player mmm and every qm∈Emq^m \in E^mqm∈Em.

Two profiles are mmm-comparable if they are distinct and differ only in player mmm's strategy. The game graph has the profiles as nodes and joins every comparable pair. An edge flow is a function XXX on ordered pairs of profiles with X(p,q)=−X(q,p)X(p,q) = -X(q,p)X(p,q)=−X(q,p) on edges and X=0X = 0X=0 off edges; the space C1C_1C1​ of edge flows carries ⟨X,Y⟩1=12∑(p,q)∈AX(p,q)Y(p,q)\langle X,Y\rangle_1 = \tfrac12\sum_{(p,q)\in A} X(p,q)Y(p,q)⟨X,Y⟩1​=21​∑(p,q)∈A​X(p,q)Y(p,q). The combinatorial gradient is (δ0φ)(p,q)=W(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p))(\delta_0\varphi)(p,q) = W(p,q)(\varphi(q)-\varphi(p))(δ0​φ)(p,q)=W(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p)), with WWW the edge indicator, and δ0∗\delta_0^*δ0∗​ is its adjoint. Restricting to mmm-comparable pairs gives Dm:C0→C1D_m : C_0 \to C_1Dm​:C0​→C1​, and Du=∑mDmumD u = \sum_m D_m u^mDu=∑m​Dm​um is the flow of payoff differences of the game uuu. With Πm=Dm†Dm\Pi_m = D_m^\dagger D_mΠm​=Dm†​Dm​ (Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse) and Π=diag⁡(Π1,…,ΠM)\Pi = \operatorname{diag}(\Pi_1,\dots,\Pi_M)Π=diag(Π1​,…,ΠM​), the paper's Definition 4.2 sets

P={u∣u=Πu, Du∈im⁡δ0},H={u∣u=Πu, Du∈ker⁡δ0∗},N=ker⁡D.\mathcal P = \{u \mid u = \Pi u,\ Du \in \operatorname{im}\delta_0\},\quad \mathcal H = \{u \mid u = \Pi u,\ Du \in \ker\delta_0^*\},\quad \mathcal N = \ker D .P={u∣u=Πu, Du∈imδ0​},H={u∣u=Πu, Du∈kerδ0∗​},N=kerD.

A game is a harmonic game if u∈H⊕Nu \in \mathcal H \oplus \mathcal Nu∈H⊕N: its payoff differences form a flow with no source or sink at any profile.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5.1

For finite games in which at least two players have at least two strategies each, and for any additive Haar measure μ\muμ on the finite-dimensional space H⊕N\mathcal H \oplus \mathcal NH⊕N,

μ({u∈H⊕N:u has a pure Nash equilibrium})=0.\mu\big(\{u \in \mathcal H\oplus\mathcal N : u \text{ has a pure Nash equilibrium}\}\big) = 0 .μ({u∈H⊕N:u has a pure Nash equilibrium})=0.

This is the paper's "harmonic games generically do not have pure Nash equilibria", with "generically" read as the paper defines it: true except on a set of measure zero within the harmonic games.

Stronger structural form

For each profile ppp, the harmonic games having ppp as a pure Nash equilibrium form a proper linear subspace of H⊕N\mathcal H \oplus \mathcal NH⊕N. The exceptional set of the goal is then a finite union of lower-dimensional subspaces.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.1: at a pure Nash equilibrium of a harmonic game, every player is indifferent among all of their strategies.
  2. Proposition 4.1: dim⁡P=∏mhm−1\dim\mathcal P = \prod_m h_m - 1dimP=∏m​hm​−1, dim⁡H=(M−1)∏mhm−∑m∏k≠mhk+1\dim\mathcal H = (M-1)\prod_m h_m - \sum_m\prod_{k\ne m}h_k + 1dimH=(M−1)∏m​hm​−∑m​∏k=m​hk​+1, dim⁡N=∑m∏k≠mhk\dim\mathcal N = \sum_m\prod_{k\ne m}h_kdimN=∑m​∏k=m​hk​.

Significance

The result separates harmonic games sharply from potential games. A finite potential game always has a pure equilibrium; a harmonic game almost never has one. Together with the decomposition theorem, it says that the obstruction to pure equilibria in a general game is carried by its harmonic component, and it motivates the paper's later results on mixed equilibria of harmonic games (the uniformly mixed profile is always a mixed equilibrium). Proposition 4.1, a milestone here, also gives the dimension of the harmonic games, (M−1)∏mhm+1(M-1)\prod_m h_m + 1(M−1)∏m​hm​+1, and so measures how large that class is.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. Formalizing them requires the paper's operator layer (flows on the game graph, the gradient with its adjoint, pseudoinverses) in Lean for the first time, and pins down two points the paper leaves informal: the measure with respect to which "generically" is meant, and the shape condition on the game under which the statement holds.

Difficulty

Lemma 5.1 is a short counting argument once the divergence-free condition δ0∗Du=0\delta_0^* D u = 0δ0∗​Du=0 is unpacked, but unpacking it requires knowing that DDD kills N\mathcal NN and computing δ0∗\delta_0^*δ0∗​ from the 12\tfrac1221​-weighted inner product. The main obstacle of the goal is showing that the exceptional subspaces are proper. The proof needs a harmonic game with nonzero payoff differences, that is dim⁡H>0\dim\mathcal H > 0dimH>0, and the only route the paper offers is the dimension count of Proposition 4.1. That count rests on the full decomposition C0M=P⊕H⊕NC_0^M = \mathcal P\oplus\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal NC0M​=P⊕H⊕N, on the kernel of each DmD_mDm​ and on the connectivity of the game graph, all of which must be built in Lean. The measure-theoretic last step, that a finite union of proper subspaces is Haar-null, is in Mathlib.

A tempting shortcut fails: placing Lebesgue measure on all of C0MC_0^MC0M​ and observing that H⊕N\mathcal H \oplus \mathcal NH⊕N is a proper subspace would prove the goal without saying anything about equilibria.

Formalization scope

Players form a finite type ι with decidable equality, and the strategy sets E m are nonempty finite types, as in the paper (Em={1,…,hm}E^m = \{1,\dots,h_m\}Em={1,…,hm​}). A game is an element of PiLp 2 (fun _ => EuclideanSpace ℝ (∀ k, E k)), with the unweighted sum inner product of p. 14. C1C_1C1​ is the subspace of edge flows with the inner product 12∑\tfrac12\sum21​∑ of (7). δ0∗\delta_0^*δ0∗​ is Mathlib's adjoint, and the pseudoinverse is defined directly as the inverse of LLL on (ker⁡L)⊥(\ker L)^\perp(kerL)⊥ composed with the orthogonal projection onto im⁡L\operatorname{im} LimL. P,H,N\mathcal P,\mathcal H,\mathcal NP,H,N are defined by (28), not by the alternative description (29). Harmonic games are the submodule H ⊔ N, and pure Nash equilibrium is AGT.IsPureNash from the published agt_games definitions.

Added hypothesis. The paper leaves implicit that at least two distinct players have at least two strategies each. Its proof uses this through "dimension of H\mathcal HH is larger than zero". Without it Proposition 5.1 is false: with two players having 111 and hhh strategies, dim⁡H=(2−1)h−(h+1)+1=0\dim\mathcal H = (2-1)h - (h+1) + 1 = 0dimH=(2−1)h−(h+1)+1=0, every harmonic game is nonstrategic, and every profile is a pure equilibrium of every harmonic game. The goal and the structural theorem therefore carry this hypothesis explicitly.

The measure. The measure is an arbitrary additive Haar measure on the subspace H⊕N\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal NH⊕N itself, with the Borel σ-algebra of its subspace topology. A measure on the ambient C0MC_0^MC0M​ would make the statement trivial, because the whole subspace is null there. Proposition 4.1 is stated as equalities in Z\mathbb ZZ, so that M−1M-1M−1 and the subtraction in part 2 are not truncated.

Needed infrastructure: kernels of the DmD_mDm​ (the paper's Lemma 4.2), the projection property of D†DD^\dagger DD†D, the decomposition theorem, and the connectivity of the game graph. The operator layer is shared with the other missions of this series and is reusable for any work on flows on graphs. Proofs of the milestones, and of the structural form independently of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Candogan, I. Menache, A. Ozdaglar, P. A. Parrilo, Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games, arXiv:1005.2405v2, 2010; Mathematics of Operations Research 36(3):474–503, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.2405, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0500
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games and Economic Behavior 14(1):124–143, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
  • X. Jiang, L.-H. Lim, Y. Yao, Y. Ye, Statistical ranking and combinatorial Hodge theory, Mathematical Programming 127(1):203–244, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0419-x
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationLinear Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Supplier Flexible Commitments Contracts: A Robust Optimization Approach: With Box Demand Uncertainty the Min-Max RSFC Problem Has the Same Optimal Value on the Extreme DemandsResearch Paper

Motivation

In a flexible commitments contract a retailer announces, before a selling horizon starts, a vector of planned orders (commitments) to its supplier, who uses them to plan capacity. During the horizon the retailer may deviate from the commitments, but pays penalties for each deviation and for changes between successive commitments. Such contracts were studied with stochastic demand by Bassok and Anupindi, Tsay and Lovejoy, and others, typically by dynamic programming over a discretized state space.

Ben-Tal, Golany, Nemirovski and Vial (2005) treat the retailer's problem as a robust multiperiod linear program: demand is only known to lie in an uncertainty set, decisions may adapt to observed demand, and the retailer minimizes its worst-case total cost. Most of the paper approximates this problem by affinely adjustable decision rules. For one important case, however, the paper shows that the problem can be solved exactly: when the uncertainty set is a box, nature may be restricted to the finitely many corner trajectories of the box. That reduction, Proposition 1 of the Appendix, is the subject of this mission, together with the general principle behind it (Lemma 2), which applies to any multistage worst-case problem with polyhedral dynamics and convex polyhedral costs.

Setting

Data. There are TTT periods. Period ttt carries an ordering cost ctc_tct​, a holding cost hth_tht​, a shortage cost ptp_tpt​, penalties αt+,αt−\alpha_t^{+}, \alpha_t^{-}αt+​,αt−​ for ordering above or below the commitment, and penalties βt+,βt−\beta_t^{+}, \beta_t^{-}βt+​,βt−​ for raising or lowering the commitment relative to the previous one. A salvage value sss applies to the final inventory; put hˉt=ht\bar h_t = h_thˉt​=ht​ for t<Tt < Tt<T and hˉT=hT−s\bar h_T = h_T - shˉT​=hT​−s. The initial inventory x1x_1x1​ and a nominal previous commitment w0w_0w0​ are given, as are order bounds Lt≤qt≤UtL_t \le q_t \le U_tLt​≤qt​≤Ut​ and cumulative bounds L^t≤∑τ≤tqτ≤U^t\widehat L_t \le \sum_{\tau \le t} q_\tau \le \widehat U_tLt​≤∑τ≤t​qτ​≤Ut​, possibly infinite.

Decisions. Before any demand is observed the retailer fixes commitments wt≥0w_t \ge 0wt​≥0 and amounts ztz_tzt​. Demand d=(d1,…,dT)d = (d_1, \dots, d_T)d=(d1​,…,dT​) lies in a product set UT=U1×⋯×UT\mathcal U^T = \mathcal U_1 \times \dots \times \mathcal U_TUT=U1​×⋯×UT​. The order qtq_tqt​ and the cost bounds yt,uty_t, u_tyt​,ut​ of period ttt are decision rules, functions of the past demands dt−1=(d1,…,dt−1)d^{t-1} = (d_1, \dots, d_{t-1})dt−1=(d1​,…,dt−1​); the inventory xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is a function of dtd^tdt. This nonanticipativity is required on trajectories of UT\mathcal U^TUT.

The min-max RSFC problem (5)–(6). A policy is feasible if for every d∈UTd \in \mathcal U^Td∈UT and every ttt: xt+1=xt+qt−dtx_{t+1} = x_t + q_t - d_txt+1​=xt​+qt​−dt​; the order and cumulative-order bounds hold; yt≥hˉtxt+1y_t \ge \bar h_t x_{t+1}yt​≥hˉt​xt+1​ and yt≥−ptxt+1y_t \ge -p_t x_{t+1}yt​≥−pt​xt+1​; ut≥αt+(qt−wt)u_t \ge \alpha_t^{+}(q_t - w_t)ut​≥αt+​(qt​−wt​) and ut≥−αt−(qt−wt)u_t \ge -\alpha_t^{-}(q_t - w_t)ut​≥−αt−​(qt​−wt​); and zt≥βt+(wt−wt−1)z_t \ge \beta_t^{+}(w_t - w_{t-1})zt​≥βt+​(wt​−wt−1​), zt≥−βt−(wt−wt−1)z_t \ge -\beta_t^{-}(w_t - w_{t-1})zt​≥−βt−​(wt​−wt−1​). The optimal value is

value⁡(U)=inf⁡feasible policies sup⁡d∈UT ∑t=1T[ctqt(dt−1)+yt(dt−1)+ut(dt−1)+zt]∈[−∞,+∞].\operatorname{value}(\mathcal U) = \inf_{\text{feasible policies}}\ \sup_{d \in \mathcal U^T}\ \sum_{t=1}^T \big[c_t q_t(d^{t-1}) + y_t(d^{t-1}) + u_t(d^{t-1}) + z_t\big] \in [-\infty, +\infty].value(U)=feasible policiesinf​ d∈UTsup​ t=1∑T​[ct​qt​(dt−1)+yt​(dt−1)+ut​(dt−1)+zt​]∈[−∞,+∞].

Box uncertainty (9)–(10). Ut=[dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡]\mathcal U_t = [d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}]Ut​=[dtmin​,dtmax​] with dtmin⁡<dtmax⁡d_t^{\min} < d_t^{\max}dtmin​<dtmax​; its extreme points are {dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡}\{d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}\}{dtmin​,dtmax​}.

Convex polyhedral functions. A function f:Rm→R∪{+∞}f : \mathbb R^m \to \mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}f:Rm→R∪{+∞} is a c.p.f. if its domain {f<∞}\{f < \infty\}{f<∞} is the solution set of finitely many linear inequalities and fff is convex and lower semicontinuous on it. Lemma 2 concerns the generic problem (P[F0,…,FT])(P[F_0, \dots, F_T])(P[F0​,…,FT​]): minimize, over decision rules St(dt−1)∈RmtS_t(d^{t-1}) \in \mathbb R^{m_t}St​(dt−1)∈Rmt​, the worst case over d∈F0×⋯×FTd \in F_0 \times \dots \times F_Td∈F0​×⋯×FT​ of ∑t=1T+1ft(St(dt−1))\sum_{t=1}^{T+1} f_t(S_t(d^{t-1}))∑t=1T+1​ft​(St​(dt−1)), subject to A1S1≥b1A_1 S_1 \ge b_1A1​S1​≥b1​, At+1St+1≥Bt+1dt+Ct+1St+bt+1A_{t+1} S_{t+1} \ge B_{t+1} d_t + C_{t+1} S_t + b_{t+1}At+1​St+1​≥Bt+1​dt​+Ct+1​St​+bt+1​ and ∥St∥∞≤R\|S_t\|_\infty \le R∥St​∥∞​≤R.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 269)

value⁡(∏t=1T[dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡])=value⁡(∏t=1T{dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡}).\operatorname{value}\Big(\prod_{t=1}^T [d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}]\Big) = \operatorname{value}\Big(\prod_{t=1}^T \{d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}\}\Big).value(t=1∏T​[dtmin​,dtmax​])=value(t=1∏T​{dtmin​,dtmax​}).

The data are arbitrary reals (bounds in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞]) and the values are compared in the extended reals, so the statement covers infeasible and unbounded instances.

Milestones

  1. The extreme points of a segment [a,b][a,b][a,b], a<ba<ba<b, are aaa and bbb.
  2. (38): for a c.p.f. val⁡\operatorname{val}val and a polytope DDD, sup⁡d∈Dval⁡(Bd+Cs+b)=sup⁡d∈ext⁡Dval⁡(Bd+Cs+b)\sup_{d \in D} \operatorname{val}(Bd + Cs + b) = \sup_{d \in \operatorname{ext} D} \operatorname{val}(Bd + Cs + b)supd∈D​val(Bd+Cs+b)=supd∈extD​val(Bd+Cs+b).
  3. val⁡(b)=min⁡{f(s):As≥b,∥s∥∞≤R}\operatorname{val}(b) = \min\{f(s) : As \ge b, \|s\|_\infty \le R\}val(b)=min{f(s):As≥b,∥s∥∞​≤R} is a c.p.f. when fff is.
  4. A c.p.f. composed with an affine map is a c.p.f.
  5. Item (a): φ(sT)=max⁡dT∈DTΦT(sT,dT)\varphi(s_T) = \max_{d_T \in D_T} \Phi_T(s_T, d_T)φ(sT​)=maxdT​∈DT​​ΦT​(sT​,dT​) and fT+φf_T + \varphifT​+φ are c.p.f.s.
  6. The Bellman reduction opt⁡(P[F0,…,FT])=opt⁡(P+[F0,…,FT−1])\operatorname{opt}(P[F_0, \dots, F_T]) = \operatorname{opt}(P_+[F_0, \dots, F_{T-1}])opt(P[F0​,…,FT​])=opt(P+​[F0​,…,FT−1​]).
  7. (39): replacing the last polytope by its extreme points leaves the optimal value unchanged.
  8. Lemma 2: opt⁡(P[D0,…,DT])=opt⁡(P[ext⁡D0,…,ext⁡DT])\operatorname{opt}(P[D_0, \dots, D_T]) = \operatorname{opt}(P[\operatorname{ext} D_0, \dots, \operatorname{ext} D_T])opt(P[D0​,…,DT​])=opt(P[extD0​,…,extDT​]) for convex polytopes DτD_\tauDτ​, D0D_0D0​ a singleton, and c.p.f. costs.
  9. For every RRR, the RSFC problem with every decision bounded by RRR has the same value on the box and on its corners.
  10. The RRR-box step, in corrected form: value⁡(box)≤value⁡R(box)\operatorname{value}(\text{box}) \le \operatorname{value}_R(\text{box})value(box)≤valueR​(box) for all RRR, value⁡(corners)≤value⁡(box)\operatorname{value}(\text{corners}) \le \operatorname{value}(\text{box})value(corners)≤value(box), and value⁡(corners)=inf⁡Rvalue⁡R(corners)\operatorname{value}(\text{corners}) = \inf_R \operatorname{value}_R(\text{corners})value(corners)=infR​valueR​(corners).

Significance

Proposition 1 turns a semi-infinite multistage problem into a finite one: with box uncertainty, the min-max RSFC problem is equivalent to a linear program over the scenario tree of the 2T2^T2T corner trajectories, problem PextP_{\text{ext}}Pext​ of §2.3. The paper uses this exact value as a benchmark for its affinely adjustable approximation in the simulation study. Lemma 2 is the transferable statement: in any multistage worst-case problem whose stage costs are convex polyhedral and whose dynamics are linear with a uniform box on the decisions, the adversary may be restricted to the vertices of each period's uncertainty polytope.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a reusable notion of convex polyhedral function in the extended reals, closure properties of that class (partial minimization over a polyhedral box, affine substitution, finite maxima, sums), and a formal worst-case Bellman equation for nonanticipative policies. The corrected form of the RRR-box step also records precisely when the paper's informal "for RRR large enough" argument is valid.

Difficulty

The natural argument, "a convex function attains its maximum over a polytope at a vertex", applies to one stage only. In a multistage problem the cost of the last stage depends on the earlier decisions, which depend on earlier demands, so the worst case is not a convex function of the whole trajectory. The proof must therefore pass through a dynamic programming recursion, and the class of stage costs must be closed under the recursion: the optimal last-stage value as a function of the previous decision must again be convex polyhedral. That closure (the value of a parametric problem with a convex polyhedral objective and a box constraint) is where the work is: the domain is a projection of a polyhedron, and attainment and lower semicontinuity have to be shown with infinite values allowed.

A second difficulty is bookkeeping. The RSFC problem must be rewritten as an instance of Lemma 2 with the right stage vectors so that nonanticipativity of yty_tyt​ in dt−1d^{t-1}dt−1 is preserved, and the bounded problem must be related back to the unbounded one, which can have value −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization scope

Periods of the RSFC model are Fin T, 0-based. Policies are functions of the whole demand trajectory with nonanticipativity imposed on trajectories of the uncertainty set; a policy that sees future demand is not admissible, which rules out the clairvoyant reading under which the statement changes. Optimal values are EReal infima of suprema: +∞+\infty+∞ for infeasible problems and possibly −∞-\infty−∞, never a real sInf that would turn both into 000. The c.p.f. definition requires the domain to be exactly a finite system of linear inequalities, so it cannot be satisfied vacuously.

The standing assumptions of §2.2, s<cTs < c_Ts<cT​ and (1) hT−s≥−pTh_T - s \ge -p_ThT​−s≥−pT​, are not imposed, and no sign is assumed on any cost or penalty: Proposition 1 holds without them, so the formal statement is a generalization. The norm ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is Mathlib's default norm on Fin m → ℝ. Lemma 2's families are indexed by N\mathbb NN with the paper's indices; B t, C t stand for Bt+1B_{t+1}Bt+1​, Ct+1C_{t+1}Ct+1​. Two printed slips are corrected in the statements: (38) keeps the + bT+1+\,b_{T+1}+bT+1​ that the page drops, and the RRR-box step is stated in the corrected sandwich form because the literal claim fails when the value is −∞-\infty−∞.

Useful infrastructure: convex polyhedral functions in EReal, Fourier–Motzkin projection of polyhedra, maximum principle for convex functions on polytopes, extreme points of convex hulls of finite sets. Contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas on these topics, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, B. Golany, A. Nemirovski, J.-P. Vial, Retailer-Supplier Flexible Commitments Contracts: A Robust Optimization Approach, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(3):248–271, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0081
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99(2):351–376, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30:257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 3: The Infimal Convolution of π¹, π², π³ Bounds the Worst Case over the Intersected Families and Improves on EachResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage and multistage stochastic programs ask for decisions that react to uncertainty revealed over time. When the distribution of the uncertainty is known only partially, one optimizes against the worst distribution in a family F\mathbb FF consistent with what is known: a support set, a range for the mean, a covariance matrix, bounds on how fast the tails decay. Goh and Sim (Oper. Res. 58(4), 2010) show that once linear and deflected linear decision rules are imposed, the recourse costs of such models reduce to worst-case expectations of positive parts,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+),\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big),P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+),

of affine functions of a random vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. These quantities are generally intractable, so the paper bounds them by optimization problems that are. Each kind of partial information gives its own bound, and in practice a modeller usually has several kinds at once. Theorem 4 of the paper, the target here, combines the separate bounds into a single one that uses all of the information.

Timeline: Scarf (1958) gave, for a newsvendor problem, the worst-case expected positive part of a scalar with known mean and variance. Chen, Sim and Sun (Oper. Res. 55(6), 2007) introduced the forward and backward deviations used here to describe tails of independent components. Chen and Sim (Oper. Res. 57(2), 2009) introduced the combination of bounds by infimal convolution that Theorem 4 restates in the present setting. Goh and Sim (2010) assemble the three kinds of information into one model and use the combined bound for their bideflected linear decision rules.

Setting

A distribution P\mathbb PP is a probability measure on RNE\mathbb R^{N_E}RNE​, the law of the uncertain vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​; its mean is ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta=E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). Fix data: sets V,V^⊆RNE\mathcal V,\hat{\mathcal V}\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_E}V,V^⊆RNE​, matrices F∈RN×NEF\in\mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​, Σ∈RN×N\Sigma\in\mathbb R^{N\times N}Σ∈RN×N, Fσ∈RNσ×NEF_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma\times N_E}Fσ​∈RNσ​×NE​, a vector gσ∈RNσg_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}gσ​∈RNσ​, a set W^σ⊆RNσ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}W^σ​⊆RNσ​ and vectors σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 in RNσ\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}RNσ​. Three families encode three kinds of information:

  1. Mean and support: F1={P:ζ^∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}\mathbb F_1=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1\}F1​={P:ζ^​∈V^, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.
  2. Mean and covariance: F2={P:ζ^∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}\mathbb F_2=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)'F')=\Sigma\}F2​={P:ζ^​∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.
  3. Mean and directional deviations: F3\mathbb F_3F3​ is the set of P\mathbb PP with ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^ such that z~σ=Fσζ~+gσ\tilde z_\sigma=F_\sigma\tilde\zeta+g_\sigmaz~σ​=Fσ​ζ~​+gσ​ has independent components whose forward and backward deviations
σfP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j),σbP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPe−θ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)\sigma_{f\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}},\qquad \sigma_{b\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{-\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}}σfP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​eθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​,σbP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​e−θ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​

are at most σf,j\sigma_{f,j}σf,j​ and σb,j\sigma_{b,j}σb,j​.

The bounds are the optimal values π1,π2,π3\pi^1,\pi^2,\pi^3π1,π2,π3 of (21), (22) and (24) of the paper. For instance

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s(sup⁡ζ^∈V^s′ζ^+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),\pi^1(r^0,r)=\inf_{s}\Big(\sup_{\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}}s'\hat\zeta+\sup_{\zeta\in\mathcal V}\max\{r^0+r'\zeta-s'\zeta,-s'\zeta\}\Big),π1(r0,r)=sinf​(ζ^​∈V^sup​s′ζ^​+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),

π2\pi^2π2 is an infimum over yyy with F′y=rF'y=rF′y=r of a supremum over V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ of a Scarf-type expression, and π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over (s0,s,x0,x)(s^0,s,x^0,x)(s0,s,x0,x) with x0+x′gσ=r0x^0+x'g_\sigma=r^0x0+x′gσ​=r0, Fσ′x=rF_\sigma'x=rFσ′​x=r that involves the function

ψ(x0,x)=inf⁡λ>0λeexp⁡(1λsup⁡z^σ∈W^σ{x0+x′z^σ}+∥u∥222λ2),uj=max⁡{xjσf,j,−xjσb,j}.\psi(x^0,x)=\inf_{\lambda>0}\frac{\lambda}{e}\exp\Big(\frac1\lambda\sup_{\hat z_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma}\{x^0+x'\hat z_\sigma\}+\frac{\|u\|_2^2}{2\lambda^2}\Big),\qquad u_j=\max\{x_j\sigma_{f,j},-x_j\sigma_{b,j}\}.ψ(x0,x)=λ>0inf​eλ​exp(λ1​z^σ​∈W^σ​sup​{x0+x′z^σ​}+2λ2∥u∥22​​),uj​=max{xj​σf,j​,−xj​σb,j​}.

For S⊆{1,2,3}S\subseteq\{1,2,3\}S⊆{1,2,3} the unified bound is the infimal convolution

π(r0,r)=min⁡{∑s∈Sπs(r0,s,rs): r0=∑s∈Sr0,s, r=∑s∈Srs}.(25)\pi(r^0,r)=\min\Big\{\sum_{s\in S}\pi^s(r^{0,s},r^s):\ r^0=\sum_{s\in S}r^{0,s},\ r=\sum_{s\in S}r^s\Big\}.\qquad(25)π(r0,r)=min{s∈S∑​πs(r0,s,rs): r0=s∈S∑​r0,s, r=s∈S∑​rs}.(25)

All values lie in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], with the paper's convention that an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞ and an infeasible maximization −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 911)

With F=⋂s∈SFs\mathbb F=\bigcap_{s\in S}\mathbb F_sF=⋂s∈S​Fs​,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)\le\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)\qquad\forall s\in S.\qquad(26)P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, upper-bound part: sup⁡F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_1}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^1(r^0,r)supF1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r).
  2. Theorem 2, upper-bound part: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^2(r^0,r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r).
  3. Theorem 3: sup⁡F3EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π3(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_3}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^3(r^0,r)supF3​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π3(r0,r).
  4. The right inequality of (26): π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r) for every s∈Ss\in Ss∈S.

The tightness halves of Theorems 1 and 2 are the subject of the two companion missions of this series; Theorem 4 does not use them.

Significance

The unified bound turns heterogeneous partial information into one tractable upper bound. When a modeller knows a support set, a covariance and tail information for some independent factors, π\piπ is valid for the intersected family and is never worse than the best of the separate bounds; it is the bound the paper's deflected and bideflected linear decision rules (§6, (31) onward) use for every recourse term. Theorem 4 is thus the guarantee behind the paper's main approximation scheme, and the same infimal-convolution device applies to any collection of valid bounds on a common convex objective.

The theorems are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To the knowledge of this mission none of them has a machine-checked proof: the Lean library has neither a Scarf-type bound nor a bound on expected positive parts from deviation measures. Formalizing Theorem 3 in particular produces reusable facts about moment generating functions of independent sums under deviation bounds.

Difficulty

The left inequality of (26) looks like bookkeeping, but it rests on three separate bounds, each with its own argument: a weak-duality argument for π1\pi^1π1, a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for π2\pi^2π2, and an exponential-moment argument for π3\pi^3π3 that needs independence of the components of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​ to factor a moment generating function and the deviation bounds to control each factor. Each piece must be carried out with all values in the extended reals: suprema can be +∞+\infty+∞, families can be empty, and a term equal to −∞-\infty−∞ in a sum can absorb a +∞+\infty+∞. The right inequality depends on how each πs\pi^sπs behaves at the zero objective, which for π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 that is not attained. The naive idea of proving (26) by attainment of the minimum in (25) does not work: the minimum need not be attained, and the statement must hold for every feasible split.

Formalization scope

A distribution is a Measure on Fin N_E → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure; ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ is the identity map. The mean is the published MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec. F1\mathbb F_1F1​ and F3\mathbb F_3F3​ require integrable coordinates and F2\mathbb F_2F2​ finite second moments, so that means and covariances exist. P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is an almost-everywhere statement. In F3\mathbb F_3F3​, independence is iIndepFun of the coordinates of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​; every exponential moment Eeθz~σ,jE e^{\theta\tilde z_{\sigma,j}}Eeθz~σ,j​ is required finite; and the deviation bounds are the published predicates FwdDevLe, BwdDevLe applied to the law of each coordinate, which state 2θ2ln⁡Eeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)≤σf,j2\frac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}\le\sigma_{f,j}^2θ22​lnEeθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)≤σf,j2​ for all θ>0\theta>0θ>0, equivalent to the square-root form above for σf,j≥0\sigma_{f,j}\ge0σf,j​≥0.

Worst cases and bounds take values in EReal; the printed "min" of (25) and "inf" of (21), (22), (24) are read as infima, without attainment. In ψ\psiψ the supremum over W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is taken outside the increasing exponential, which gives the same value whenever W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is nonempty. The index set SSS is a nonempty Finset (Fin 3) with index 0,1,20,1,20,1,2 for the paper's 1,2,31,2,31,2,3, and vector indices are 0-based.

Two hypotheses come from the paper's model rather than its theorem statements: σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 (deviations are square roots), and Fσζ^+gσ∈W^σF_\sigma\hat\zeta+g_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaFσ​ζ^​+gσ​∈W^σ​ for every ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^, which follows from W^σ=HσW^\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma=H_\sigma\hat{\mathcal W}W^σ​=Hσ​W^, V^={ζ^:Fζ^+g∈W^}\hat{\mathcal V}=\{\hat\zeta:F\hat\zeta+g\in\hat{\mathcal W}\}V^={ζ^​:Fζ^​+g∈W^}, Fσ=HσFF_\sigma=H_\sigma FFσ​=Hσ​F and gσ=Hσgg_\sigma=H_\sigma ggσ​=Hσ​g (pp. 905, 908, 910).

The bounds are defined by (21), (22), (24) and (25) verbatim; a formalization that defines π\piπ through the worst case itself, sets some πs\pi^sπs to +∞+\infty+∞, drops the exponential integrability from F3\mathbb F_3F3​, or uses real-valued suprema (which return 000 on unbounded sets) would trivialize or falsify the statement and is ruled out.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three upper bounds, a Scarf inequality EX+≤12(EX+(EX)2+Var⁡X)E X^+\le\frac12(EX+\sqrt{(EX)^2+\operatorname{Var}X})EX+≤21​(EX+(EX)2+VarX​) as a reusable lemma, and the EReal lemmas about infimal convolutions of extended-real functions.

Selected references

  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, A Robust Optimization Perspective on Stochastic Programming, Operations Research 55(6):1058–1071, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
  • W. Chen, M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0570
  • H. Scarf, A Min-Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, K. Arrow, ed., Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Semidefinite-Quadratic-Linear Programs Using SDPT3: The HKM and NT Search Directions of Second-Order Cone Programming Are Invariant Under Automorphic ScalingResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order cone programming (SOCP) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of Lorentz cones. It contains convex quadratically constrained programs, robust linear programs with ellipsoidal uncertainty, and many norm-minimization problems, and it is solved in practice by primal–dual interior-point methods. At each iteration such a method computes a search direction from a linearized, symmetrized form of the complementarity conditions; the symmetrization depends on a scaling matrix GGG, and different choices of GGG give different directions. The two directions used in practice are the HKM direction (Helmberg–Rendl–Vanderbei–Wolkowicz, Kojima–Shindoh–Hara, Monteiro) and the NT direction (Nesterov–Todd).

A desirable property of a search direction is scale invariance: if the problem is transformed by an automorphism of the cone, the direction computed for the transformed problem is the image of the original direction. A scale-invariant method behaves identically on all problems related by such a change of coordinates, so its behaviour does not depend on an arbitrary choice of coordinates within each cone.

Timeline. Tsuchiya (1999, Optim. Methods Softw. 11 & 12, pp. 141–182; reference [27] of the paper) proved that the HKM and NT directions for SOCP are scale invariant, with a two-page argument for each. Tütüncü, Toh and Todd (2003), in the paper that describes the solver SDPT3 version 3.0, derived closed forms for the blocks (Ei)−1Fi(\mathcal E_i)^{-1}\mathcal F_i(Ei​)−1Fi​ of the Schur complement matrix ((23) for HKM, (29) for NT) and used them to give a short proof of Tsuchiya's result (their Proposition 1).

Setting

There are nqn_qnq​ second-order cone blocks. Block iii has dimension qi≥1q_i \ge 1qi​≥1, and a vector xi∈Rqix_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}xi​∈Rqi​ is split into its first coordinate xi0x_i^0xi0​ and the rest xi1x_i^1xi1​. The cone is Kqqi={x:x0≥∥x1∥2}K_q^{q_i} = \{x : x^0 \ge \|x^1\|_2\}Kqqi​​={x:x0≥∥x1∥2​}, and with Jˉ=diag⁡(1,−I)\bar J = \operatorname{diag}(1, -I)Jˉ=diag(1,−I) and J=−JˉJ = -\bar JJ=−Jˉ, the function γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩=x⊤Jˉx\gamma(x) = \sqrt{(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle} = \sqrt{x^\top \bar J x}γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩​=x⊤Jˉx​ is defined on the cone.

The data are matrices Ai∈Rqi×mA_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i \times m}Ai​∈Rqi​×m, a vector b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm and vectors ci∈Rqic_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}ci​∈Rqi​. The primal problem minimizes ∑i⟨ci,xi⟩\sum_i \langle c_i, x_i \rangle∑i​⟨ci​,xi​⟩ subject to ∑iAi⊤xi=b\sum_i A_i^\top x_i = b∑i​Ai⊤​xi​=b and xi∈Kqqix_i \in K_q^{q_i}xi​∈Kqqi​​; the dual maximizes b⊤yb^\top yb⊤y subject to Aiy+zi=ciA_i y + z_i = c_iAi​y+zi​=ci​ and zi∈Kqqiz_i \in K_q^{q_i}zi​∈Kqqi​​.

The arrow matrix of vvv is Arw⁡(v)=(v0(v1)⊤v1v0I)\operatorname{Arw}(v) = \begin{pmatrix} v^0 & (v^1)^\top \\ v^1 & v^0 I \end{pmatrix}Arw(v)=(v0v1​(v1)⊤v0I​). Given an interior iterate (x,y,z)(x, y, z)(x,y,z) and a scaling block GiG_iGi​, set

Ei=Arw⁡(Gi−1zi) Gi,Fi=Arw⁡(Gixi) Gi−1,TGi(xi,zi)=Arw⁡(Gixi)(Gi−1zi).\mathcal E_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i)\, G_i, \qquad \mathcal F_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)\, G_i^{-1}, \qquad T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i) = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)(G_i^{-1} z_i).Ei​=Arw(Gi−1​zi​)Gi​,Fi​=Arw(Gi​xi​)Gi−1​,TGi​​(xi​,zi​)=Arw(Gi​xi​)(Gi−1​zi​).

With μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​ and a centering parameter σ\sigmaσ, a search direction (Δx,Δy,Δz)(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z)(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system

AiΔy+Δzi=ci−zi−Aiy,∑iAi⊤Δxi=b−∑iAi⊤xi,EiΔxi+FiΔzi=σμ e1−TGi(xi,zi).A_i \Delta y + \Delta z_i = c_i - z_i - A_i y, \qquad \sum_i A_i^\top \Delta x_i = b - \sum_i A_i^\top x_i, \qquad \mathcal E_i \Delta x_i + \mathcal F_i \Delta z_i = \sigma\mu\, e_1 - T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i).Ai​Δy+Δzi​=ci​−zi​−Ai​y,i∑​Ai⊤​Δxi​=b−i∑​Ai⊤​xi​,Ei​Δxi​+Fi​Δzi​=σμe1​−TGi​​(xi​,zi​).

The HKM direction takes GiG_iGi​ from the explicit formula (19) in ziz_izi​; the NT direction takes GiG_iGi​ from (20)–(21) in xix_ixi​ and ziz_izi​.

The automorphism group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ of KqqiK_q^{q_i}Kqqi​​ consists of the invertible linear maps FFF with FKqqi=KqqiF K_q^{q_i} = K_q^{q_i}FKqqi​​=Kqqi​​; these are exactly the matrices with F⊤JˉF=λ2JˉF^\top \bar J F = \lambda^2 \bar JF⊤JˉF=λ2Jˉ for some λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and F00>0F_{00} > 0F00​>0. Scaling by F=diag⁡(F1,…,Fnq)F = \operatorname{diag}(F_1, \dots, F_{n_q})F=diag(F1​,…,Fnq​​) sends the data and iterate to A^i=Fi−1Ai\hat A_i = F_i^{-1} A_iA^i​=Fi−1​Ai​, b^=b\hat b = bb^=b, c^i=Fi−1ci\hat c_i = F_i^{-1} c_ic^i​=Fi−1​ci​, x^i=Fi⊤xi\hat x_i = F_i^\top x_ix^i​=Fi⊤​xi​, y^=y\hat y = yy^​=y, z^i=Fi−1zi\hat z_i = F_i^{-1} z_iz^i​=Fi−1​zi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 11)

For either direction (HKM or NT), every interior iterate, every σ\sigmaσ, and every choice of Fi∈GiF_i \in \mathcal G_iFi​∈Gi​,

(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)  ⟺  (F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^,z^).(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z) \text{ solves the Newton system for } (A, b, c; x, y, z) \iff (F^\top \Delta x,\ \Delta y,\ F^{-1} \Delta z) \text{ solves it for } (\hat A, \hat b, \hat c; \hat x, \hat y, \hat z).(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)⟺(F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^​,z^).

Milestones

In attack order: the identities (31) for FFF with F⊤JˉF=JˉF^\top \bar J F = \bar JF⊤JˉF=Jˉ; the Schur complement reduction (10)–(15); Arw⁡(Gi−1zi)=I\operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i) = IArw(Gi−1​zi​)=I for HKM; the HKM closed forms (23) and (24)–(25); the right-hand-side formula (28) for both directions; the HKM invariance step of the proof; the NT identities Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ and (29); the NT block formula (30); and the NT invariance step of the proof.

Significance

The proposition shows that SDPT3's two second-order-cone directions do not depend on how each cone is coordinatized. The closed forms (23), (24), (29) and (30) are what SDPT3 uses to assemble the Schur complement matrix: they show that each block is a diagonal matrix plus a low-rank term, which is the basis for its sparse and Sherman–Morrison–Woodbury handling of large cones.

The result is proved twice in the literature (Tsuchiya 1999 and this paper). As far as is known, neither proof has been machine-checked, and no formal library contains the HKM or NT scalings, the arrow matrix of the Jordan algebra of the Lorentz cone, or its automorphism group. This mission produces those definitions and a checked proof. The printed proof assumes Fi⊤JˉFi=JˉF_i^\top \bar J F_i = \bar JFi⊤​JˉFi​=Jˉ, that is λ=1\lambda = 1λ=1; the goal covers the whole group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​, so a complete formalization also closes the case λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, where (31) and the remark that ωi\omega_iωi​ is unchanged no longer hold as printed.

Difficulty

Every step is linear algebra, but none is a one-line rewrite. The inverse of Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ appears everywhere, so one first needs invertibility of GiG_iGi​ and Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ for interior iterates, and the HKM and NT scalings must be shown to satisfy Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ and Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ respectively, which are identities involving γ\gammaγ, square roots and the denominators γ(z)+z0\gamma(z) + z^0γ(z)+z0 and 1+t01 + t^01+t0. Transporting the Newton system directly through FFF fails: Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ and Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ are built from GiG_iGi​, which is not equivariant in an obvious way, and the HKM scaling at z^i\hat z_iz^i​ is not Fi−1GiF_i^{-1} G_iFi−1​Gi​. For λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, the quantities γ\gammaγ, ω\omegaω and ttt scale by powers of λ\lambdaλ, and these factors must be tracked until they cancel.

Formalization scope

A block of dimension qiq_iqi​ is Fin (d i + 1) → ℝ, so qi=di+1≥1q_i = d_i + 1 \ge 1qi​=di​+1≥1; xi0x_i^0xi0​ is index 0 and xi1x_i^1xi1​ the indices Fin.succ j. Mathlib's norm on this type is the sup norm, so every Euclidean quantity is written through Jˉ\bar JJˉ. Interior points are encoded by x0>0x^0 > 0x0>0 and (x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle > 0(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0. Matrix inverses are Matrix.inv, which is 000 on singular input; the milestones that invert a matrix state its invertibility.

Standing assumptions: the problem is a pure SOCP (ns=nl=0n_s = n_l = 0ns​=nl​=0); the iterate is interior; μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​. The paper's assumption that AAA has full row rank is dropped, because the goal is stated for solution sets of the Newton system and needs no uniqueness. Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ is encoded algebraically (positive multiples of orthochronous Lorentz transformations) rather than as {F:FK=K}\{F : F K = K\}{F:FK=K}, so that the goal does not require the classification of cone automorphisms. The goal assumes nothing about the scaled iterate; its interiority is a consequence.

The Newton system is defined by its raw rows with Ei\mathcal E_iEi​, Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ from (8) and GiG_iGi​ from (19)/(21). A formalization that defined the direction through the closed forms (23)/(29), or defined GiG_iGi​ implicitly by Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ or Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​, would make the goal nearly definitional and is ruled out.

Reusable infrastructure: the arrow matrix and γ\gammaγ of the Lorentz cone, the HKM and NT scalings, and the algebra of Lorentz transformations. Contributions toward any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal that bypass the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Tütüncü, K. C. Toh, M. J. Todd, Solving semidefinite-quadratic-linear programs using SDPT3, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 189–217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0347-5
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11 & 12 (1999) 141–182 (reference [27] of the SDPT3 paper; no stable link recorded).
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods in convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22 (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Overbooking with Substitutable Inventory Classes: With Semigroup Survivals the Expected Net Revenue Is Componentwise Concave and Submodular in the Overbooking LevelsResearch Paper

Motivation

Airlines, hotels and car-rental firms sell reservations ahead of service, and a fraction of those reservations cancel or do not show up. Overbooking — accepting more reservations than there is capacity — recovers revenue that cancellations would otherwise destroy, at the risk of denying service to some customers. In practice inventory is often substitutable: a passenger booked in economy can be upgraded to business, a guest booked in a standard room can be given a suite. With substitution, the right overbooking level for one reservation class depends on the levels of all the others.

Karaesmen and van Ryzin (Operations Research 52(1):83–104, 2004) model this as a two-period problem: overbooking decisions in a reservation period, followed by an optimal assignment of the customers who actually show up to inventory classes in a service period. Their structural result, Theorem 2, establishes the shape of the expected net revenue as a function of the overbooking levels. That shape is what justifies critical-level booking policies and the stochastic-gradient method of their §4, and it is the textbook account of joint overbooking with substitution (Talluri and van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, 2004, Proposition 4.4).

Setting

There are nnn reservation classes i=1,…,ni = 1, \dots, ni=1,…,n and m+1m + 1m+1 inventory classes j=0,1,…,mj = 0, 1, \dots, mj=0,1,…,m. Class j=0j = 0j=0 is virtual: assigning a customer to it means the customer is denied service.

Reservation period. The firm holds xix_ixi​ reservations of class iii and chooses overbooking levels ui≥xiu_i \ge x_iui​≥xi​. Accepting a class-iii reservation earns rir_iri​; a cancellation of class iii is refunded qiq_iqi​, with qi≤riq_i \le r_iqi​≤ri​. The number of class-iii customers who survive to the service period is a random variable Zi(ui)Z_i(u_i)Zi​(ui​) with values in {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…}. The family {Zi(ui)}\{Z_i(u_i)\}{Zi​(ui​)} has the semigroup property: if Y1Y_1Y1​ and Y2Y_2Y2​ are independent with the laws of Zi(ui)Z_i(u_i)Zi​(ui​) and Zi(si)Z_i(s_i)Zi​(si​), then Y1+Y2Y_1 + Y_2Y1​+Y2​ has the law of Zi(ui+si)Z_i(u_i + s_i)Zi​(ui​+si​). The binomial model (Zi(ui)∼Bin(ui,pi)Z_i(u_i) \sim \mathrm{Bin}(u_i, p_i)Zi​(ui​)∼Bin(ui​,pi​) for integer uiu_iui​) and the Poisson model (Zi(ui)∼Poisson(uipi)Z_i(u_i) \sim \mathrm{Poisson}(u_i p_i)Zi​(ui​)∼Poisson(ui​pi​)) both have it. The survivals of different classes are independent.

Service period. Given the survivals z=(z1,…,zn)≥0z = (z_1, \dots, z_n) \ge 0z=(z1​,…,zn​)≥0, net benefits aija_{ij}aij​ (of either sign) and capacities cjc_jcj​, the firm solves the transportation problem

V0(z,c)=max⁡∑i=1n∑j=0maijyijs.t.∑j=0myij=zi,  ∑i=1nyij≤cj,  yij≥0.V_0(z, c) = \max \sum_{i=1}^n \sum_{j=0}^m a_{ij} y_{ij} \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \sum_{j=0}^m y_{ij} = z_i, \ \ \sum_{i=1}^n y_{ij} \le c_j, \ \ y_{ij} \ge 0.V0​(z,c)=maxi=1∑n​j=0∑m​aij​yij​s.t.j=0∑m​yij​=zi​,  i=1∑n​yij​≤cj​,  yij​≥0.

Expected net revenue. The objective of the reservation period is

G(u)=∑i=1nri(ui−xi)−E[∑i=1nqi(ui−Zi(ui))]+E[V0(Z(u),c)],G(u) = \sum_{i=1}^n r_i (u_i - x_i) - \mathbb E\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n q_i\big(u_i - Z_i(u_i)\big)\Big] + \mathbb E\big[V_0(Z(u), c)\big],G(u)=i=1∑n​ri​(ui​−xi​)−E[i=1∑n​qi​(ui​−Zi​(ui​))]+E[V0​(Z(u),c)],

to be maximized over u≥xu \ge xu≥x.

A function fff on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is submodular on SSS if f(s∨s′)+f(s∧s′)≤f(s)+f(s′)f(s \vee s') + f(s \wedge s') \le f(s) + f(s')f(s∨s′)+f(s∧s′)≤f(s)+f(s′) for s,s′∈Ss, s' \in Ss,s′∈S, with ∨,∧\vee, \wedge∨,∧ the componentwise maximum and minimum.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For every uuu with levels in the parameter set PPP, every class iii and all ε,α∈P\varepsilon, \alpha \in Pε,α∈P,

G(u+(ε+α)ei)−G(u+αei)≤G(u+εei)−G(u),G(u + (\varepsilon + \alpha) e_i) - G(u + \alpha e_i) \le G(u + \varepsilon e_i) - G(u),G(u+(ε+α)ei​)−G(u+αei​)≤G(u+εei​)−G(u),

and GGG is submodular on PnP^nPn:

G(u∨u′)+G(u∧u′)≤G(u)+G(u′).G(u \vee u') + G(u \wedge u') \le G(u) + G(u').G(u∨u′)+G(u∧u′)≤G(u)+G(u′).

The first statement is the paper's componentwise concavity (6); the second is its submodularity, proved in the paper through the pairwise inequality (7) and Theorem 1.

Milestones

  1. LP duality for the transportation problem (§2.2, p. 86): for z≥0z \ge 0z≥0 the primal attains its optimum and equals the dual optimum.
  2. Lemma 1: V0(⋅,c)V_0(\cdot, c)V0​(⋅,c) is submodular on R≥0n\mathbb R^n_{\ge 0}R≥0n​.
  3. Lemma 2: V0V_0V0​ is concave in (z1,…,zn)(z_1, \dots, z_n)(z1​,…,zn​) and concave in (c1,…,cm)(c_1, \dots, c_m)(c1​,…,cm​).
  4. Theorem 1: on a product set, submodularity is equivalent to decreasing differences.
  5. Under the semigroup property, E[Zi(ui)]\mathbb E[Z_i(u_i)]E[Zi​(ui​)] is additive in uiu_iui​.
  6. The semigroup representation E[V0(Z(u+εei))]=E[V0(Z(u)+Yei)]\mathbb E[V_0(Z(u + \varepsilon e_i))] = \mathbb E[V_0(Z(u) + Y e_i)]E[V0​(Z(u+εei​))]=E[V0​(Z(u)+Yei​)] with YYY independent of Z(u)Z(u)Z(u) and distributed as Zi(ε)Z_i(\varepsilon)Zi​(ε).
  7. The sample-path inequalities of the proof: nonincreasing increments of V0V_0V0​ along one coordinate, and the pairwise submodularity inequality for two coordinates.

Significance

Componentwise concavity of GGG implies that for each reservation class there is a critical booking level beyond which expected revenue does not increase, other levels held fixed. Submodularity implies that these critical levels are nonincreasing in the bookings accepted for any other class: heavier overbooking in one class leaves less spare substitute capacity for the others. These two properties underpin the heuristics and the stochastic-gradient optimization of §4–§5 of the paper.

The result is proved in the paper (for n=2n = 2n=2, with the general case described as straightforward). A machine-checked version would cover the general semigroup case, which includes the binomial model the paper calls realistic, real-valued levels and arbitrary step sizes. The platform already holds a proved special case, RevenueManagement.joint_overbooking_concave_submodular (Talluri–van Ryzin, Proposition 4.4): Poisson survivals, integer levels and unit steps only. This mission generalizes it in all three respects and also formalizes the transportation-problem facts (LP duality, submodularity and concavity of V0V_0V0​) as reusable statements.

Difficulty

The obvious route — differentiate GGG and use concavity of V0V_0V0​ — fails twice. First, V0V_0V0​ is piecewise linear and the survivals are discrete, so there is nothing to differentiate; under the binomial model GGG is only defined at integer levels. Second, concavity of V0V_0V0​ alone does not survive the expectation: E[V0(Z(u))]\mathbb E[V_0(Z(u))]E[V0​(Z(u))] is a mixture over laws that change with uuu, and a concave function of a random vector whose law moves with the parameter need not be concave in the parameter. The semigroup property is what replaces a change of law by the addition of an independent block of survivors, and that coupling must be built for every coordinate and every pair of coordinates at once. On the LP side, submodularity of a transportation-problem value in its demands is a lattice-programming fact (Topkis, Theorem 3.4.1; Shapley 1962), not a consequence of concavity.

Formalization scope

All declarations are in the namespace SubstOverbooking.Structure. Reservation classes are Fin n (0-based), inventory classes Fin (m + 1) with 0 the virtual denied-service class. Conventions committed to:

  • Uncapacitated virtual class. The paper gives class 0 "finite but very high capacity" and then needs it to absorb every survivor; with Poisson survivals no finite capacity does. Constraint (4) is imposed only for j≠0j \ne 0j=0, c0c_0c0​ is unused, and the dual fixes λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0λ0​=0. Capacities satisfy cj≥0c_j \ge 0cj​≥0 for j≠0j \ne 0j=0.
  • V0V_0V0​ on real demands. V0V_0V0​ is the supremum of the TP objective over feasible assignments, for real zzz; every statement assumes z≥0z \ge 0z≥0, where the supremum is attained and finite.
  • Survival laws. Each class has a family u↦Li(u)u \mapsto L_i(u)u↦Li​(u) of probability mass functions on N\mathbb NN, with finite means. Levels range over a parameter set P⊆[0,∞)P \subseteq [0, \infty)P⊆[0,∞) that contains 000 and is closed under addition and under nonnegative differences: P=NP = \mathbb NP=N covers the binomial model, P=[0,∞)P = [0, \infty)P=[0,∞) the Poisson model. The semigroup property is the identity of laws Li(u+s)=(Li(u)⊗Li(s))∘(+)−1L_i(u + s) = (L_i(u) \otimes L_i(s)) \circ (+)^{-1}Li​(u+s)=(Li​(u)⊗Li​(s))∘(+)−1 for u,s∈Pu, s \in Pu,s∈P, and independence across classes is the product law.
  • Concavity is stated as the increment inequality (6), which is meaningful on a discrete PPP; submodularity of GGG is lattice submodularity on PnP^nPn via the published SupermodularOn applied to −G-G−G.
  • Theorem 1 is stated for product sets S=T1×⋯×TnS = T_1 \times \dots \times T_nS=T1​×⋯×Tn​; as printed for arbitrary S⊂RnS \subset \mathbb R^nS⊂Rn it is false, and every set the paper applies it to is a product.
  • The refund condition qi≤riq_i \le r_iqi​≤ri​ is kept as a hypothesis of the goal, as on the page.

A formalization that fixes Poisson laws, integer levels or unit steps, or that defines GGG or V0V_0V0​ through the inequalities to be proved, is the already-proved special case or an empty statement, and is not the goal.

A complete development needs finite LP duality for the transportation problem, the lattice-programming argument for Lemma 1, product measures and image measures on Nn\mathbb N^nNn, and the coupling of the semigroup property. The LP and lattice parts are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for Lemma 1 (for instance via monotonicity of optimal duals, after Erlenkotter 1970).

Selected references

  • I. Karaesmen and G. van Ryzin, Overbooking with Substitutable Inventory Classes, Operations Research 52(1):83–104, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0079
  • K. T. Talluri and G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004, §4.4. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998, Theorem 3.4.1. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • R. K. Sundaram, A First Course in Optimization Theory, Cambridge University Press, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804526
  • L. S. Shapley, Complements and substitutes in the optimal assignment problem, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 9(1):45–48, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800090106
  • M. Shaked and J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic convexity and its applications, Advances in Applied Probability 20(2):427–446, 1988. https://doi.org/10.2307/1427398
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization IV: The Nesterov–Todd Scaling of a Quadratic or Rotated Quadratic Cone Is W = −Q + (e₁ + w)(e₁ + w)ᵀ/(1 + w₁)Research Paper

Why the Nesterov–Todd scaling of a second-order cone matters

Conic quadratic (second-order cone) programs are solved in practice by primal-dual interior-point methods. Each iteration solves a Newton system for the central-path equations, and for non-polyhedral cones that system is only guaranteed to be well posed after the problem is scaled: the primal point xxx and the dual slack sss are transformed by a matrix ΘW\Theta WΘW chosen from the current iterate. Among the scalings analysed by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000), the best complexity bounds are obtained with the Nesterov–Todd (NT) scaling of Nesterov and Todd (1997), which maps xxx and sss to the same point.

Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (2003) describe the conic quadratic interior-point solver of MOSEK. Their Lemma 4.2 gives the NT scaling in closed form for each of the three cone types they use. It is what makes the NT direction cheap: each cone block of WWW is determined by one vector www, and WWW, W2W^2W2 and their inverses can be applied in time linear in the dimension. For the quadratic cone the formula goes back to Tsuchiya (1999); the paper re-derives it and extends it to the rotated quadratic cone.

Setting

Fix one cone block of dimension ddd. Coordinates are x=(x1,…,xd)x = (x_1,\dots,x_d)x=(x1​,…,xd​), xk:dx_{k:d}xk:d​ denotes the subvector of coordinates k,…,dk,\dots,dk,…,d, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The block is one of

  • the positive half-line R+\mathbb R_+R+​ (d=1d=1d=1), with T=Q=1T = Q = 1T=Q=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x:x1≥∥x2:d∥}K^q = \{x : x_1 \ge \|x_{2:d}\|\}Kq={x:x1​≥∥x2:d​∥} (d≥1d\ge1d≥1), with T=IT = IT=I and Q=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Q=diag(1,−1,…,−1);
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x:2x1x2≥∥x3:d∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x : 2x_1x_2 \ge \|x_{3:d}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:d​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0} (d≥2d\ge2d≥2), with TTT the identity except for the leading block 12[111−1]\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​], and QQQ the matrix with Q12=Q21=1Q_{12} = Q_{21} = 1Q12​=Q21​=1, Qjj=−1Q_{jj} = -1Qjj​=−1 for j≥3j\ge3j≥3, and zeros elsewhere.

A scaling matrix (Definition 3.3) is a symmetric positive definite WWW with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q. For θ>0\theta>0θ>0 the scaled points are xˉ=θWx\bar x = \theta W xxˉ=θWx and sˉ=(θW)−1s\bar s = (\theta W)^{-1}ssˉ=(θW)−1s. The pair (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) is an NT scaling of (x,s)(x, s)(x,s) when xˉ=sˉ\bar x = \bar sxˉ=sˉ, equation (28); equivalently s=θ2W2xs = \theta^2W^2xs=θ2W2x, equation (29).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.2 (p. 15)

For x,sx, sx,s in the interior of the cone:

  1. every NT scaling satisfies
θ2=sTQsxTQx;(30)\theta^2 = \sqrt{\frac{s^TQs}{x^TQx}};\qquad(30)θ2=xTQxsTQs​​;(30)
  1. with this θ\thetaθ and
w=θ−1s+θQx2xTs+xTQx sTQs,(32)w = \frac{\theta^{-1}s + \theta Qx}{\sqrt2\sqrt{x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}}},\qquad(32)w=2​xTs+xTQxsTQs​​θ−1s+θQx​,(32)

the following matrices WWW make (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) an NT scaling: W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2W = \theta^{-1}(X^{-1}S)^{1/2}W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​;

W=[w1w2:dTw2:dI+w2:dw2:dT1+w1]=−Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T1+e1Tw(31)W = \begin{bmatrix} w_1 & w_{2:d}^T\\ w_{2:d} & I + \frac{w_{2:d}w_{2:d}^T}{1+w_1}\end{bmatrix} = -Q + \frac{(e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^Tw}\qquad(31)W=[w1​w2:d​​w2:dT​I+1+w1​w2:d​w2:dT​​​]=−Q+1+e1T​w(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T​(31)

for KqK^qKq; and

W=−Q+(Te1+w)(Te1+w)T1+e1TTw(34)W = -Q + \frac{(Te_1+w)(Te_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^TTw}\qquad(34)W=−Q+1+e1T​Tw(Te1​+w)(Te1​+w)T​(34)

for KrK^rKr. In the last two cases W2=−Q+2wwTW^2 = -Q + 2ww^TW2=−Q+2wwT, equations (33) and (35).

Milestones

Lemma 3.3 i)–iii) (scaling preserves xTsx^TsxTs and rescales xTQxx^TQxxTQx, sTQss^TQssTQs by θ±2\theta^{\pm2}θ±2); (30) on its own; the normalization w12−∥w2:d∥2=1w_1^2 - \|w_{2:d}\|^2 = 1w12​−∥w2:d​∥2=1 and the square (62) of the arrow form (31); positivity of the radicand of (32); the identity 2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQx sTQs2\theta^2(w^Tx)^2 = x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQxsTQs​ and the formula (32); for the rotated cone, the transport (63) by TTT, the identities θ^=θ\hat\theta = \thetaθ^=θ and w^=Tw\hat w = Tww^=Tw, and TWT=W^TWT = \hat WTWT=W^. Two companions: Lemma 4.3, (θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q(\theta W)^{-2} = \theta^{-2}QW^2Q(θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q, and Lemma 3.3 iv), that a scaling maps the cone and its interior onto themselves.

Significance

The result. Lemma 4.2 turns the NT scaling, defined implicitly by (28), into explicit data: one scalar θ\thetaθ and one vector www per cone. Combined with Lemma 4.3 it shows that every product with WWW, W2W^2W2 or their inverses in the scaled Newton system (27) is a rank-one correction of a signature matrix, which is what the paper's implementation relies on. The rotated-cone formula (34) is the paper's own addition and is what lets rotated cones be handled natively instead of through a change of variables.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version is known to exist, and the platform has no formalization of second-order-cone scalings. The work is the matrix algebra of the Lorentz group — the signature matrix QQQ, the matrices with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q, and their action on KqK^qKq and KrK^rKr — which is reusable for every second-order-cone algorithm.

Difficulty

Most of the items are finite-dimensional identities, but they are identities between block matrices of arbitrary size with entries that are nested square roots, and they hold only on the interior of the cone, where the radicands are positive. The derivation in the paper runs backwards: it assumes WWW has the shape (31) and solves for www, taking a square root without fixing its sign. The goal asks for the forward direction — that the displayed θ\thetaθ, www, WWW do satisfy (28) and W≻0W\succ0W≻0 — which needs the normalization wTQw=1w^TQw = 1wTQw=1, positive definiteness of −Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T/(1+w1)-Q + (e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T/(1+w_1)−Q+(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T/(1+w1​), and, for the rotated cone, the reduction to the quadratic cone through TTT with TT=ITT = ITT=I and TQrT=QqTQ^rT = Q^qTQrT=Qq.

Formalization scope

  • Per block. Every statement is made for one cone block. Θ\ThetaΘ and WWW are block diagonal (pp. 11–12), so this is the paper's statement block by block. The cone type is the parameter kind : ConeKind, and vectors are Fin d → ℝ.
  • Index base and norms. The paper's x1x_1x1​ is coordinate 0. ∥x2:d∥2\|x_{2:d}\|^2∥x2:d​∥2 is written as a sum of squares (tailSq x 1); Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ, which is the sup norm, is never used.
  • Interiors. The interiors are given by strict inequalities. The paper never defines int⁡(K)\operatorname{int}(K)int(K) concretely; these coincide with the topological interiors.
  • Added hypotheses. All are disclosed in the items:
    • the dimension conventions (d=1d=1d=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, d≥1d\ge1d≥1 for KqK^qKq, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 for KrK^rKr), which the paper leaves implicit;
    • θ>0\theta>0θ>0 in Definition 3.3, which the paper calls positive definite on p. 24;
    • 1+w1>01+w_1>01+w1​>0 wherever the page divides by 1+w11+w_11+w1​;
    • wTx>0w^Tx>0wTx>0 for the last step of the derivation of (32), where the page silently fixes this sign.
  • Inverses. The matrix inverse is Mathlib's total inverse. The NT predicate always contains W≻0W\succ0W≻0, so (28) never reads the junk value of a singular inverse.
  • Reading of Lemma 4.2. The lemma names θ\thetaθ and WWW without quantifying them. The goal states (30) for every NT scaling and asserts that the displayed formulas are an NT scaling. It does not claim that the NT scaling is unique, which the paper does not prove.
  • Ruling out a trivial formalization. Stating only (30) would allow a version that holds vacuously if no NT scaling existed. Part 2 of the goal is what excludes this, and a sanity check exhibits θ=1\theta = 1θ=1, W=IW = IW=I at x=s=e1x = s = e_1x=s=e1​ in KqK^qKq for d=2d=2d=2.

A complete development needs:

  • the cone definitions and the matrices TTT, QQQ;
  • Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef and Matrix.inv;
  • elementary real square-root algebra.

Lemmas about {W:W≻0, WQW=Q}\{W : W\succ0,\ WQW = Q\}{W:W≻0, WQW=Q} (closure under products and inverses, invariance of KqK^qKq) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for positive definiteness of (31).

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; authors' preprint of 18 Dec 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88(1) (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11–12 (1999) 141–182. https://doi.org/10.1080/10556789908805750
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization III: A Newton Step Scales the Homogeneous Residuals and the Complementarity Gap by 1 − α(1 − γ)Research Paper

Motivation

Conic quadratic optimization — linear optimization over products of quadratic (second-order, Lorentz) cones — covers robust linear programming, portfolio problems with risk constraints, norm minimization and many engineering design problems. Andersen, Roos and Terlaky describe the primal-dual interior-point method implemented in the MOSEK optimizer for this problem class (Math. Program. 95 (2003)). Their algorithm does not solve the primal and dual problems directly. It solves the homogeneous model, an embedding that has a solution whether or not the original problem is feasible, and from which either an optimal pair or a certificate of infeasibility is read off.

The convergence argument of such a method rests on one algebraic property of its search direction: a step along the Newton direction reduces the infeasibility of the homogeneous model and its complementarity gap at the same rate. For linear programming this is classical (Xu, Hung and Ye, 1996; Andersen and Andersen, 2000). This mission formalizes the conic quadratic version, Lemma 4.1 of the paper, in which the diagonal complementarity products of linear programming are replaced by arrow-head matrices.

Setting

The cone is a product K=K1×⋯×KkK = K^1\times\cdots\times K^kK=K1×⋯×Kk. Each factor Ki⊆RniK^i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n^i}Ki⊆Rni is one of three kinds:

  • the half-line R+={x∈R:x≥0}\mathbb R_+ = \{x\in\mathbb R : x\ge0\}R+​={x∈R:x≥0}, with ni=1n^i = 1ni=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x∈Rn:x12≥∥x2:n∥2, x1≥0}K^q = \{x\in\mathbb R^{n} : x_1^2\ge\|x_{2:n}\|^2,\ x_1\ge0\}Kq={x∈Rn:x12​≥∥x2:n​∥2, x1​≥0}, with ni≥1n^i\ge1ni≥1;
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x∈Rn:2x1x2≥∥x3:n∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x\in\mathbb R^{n} : 2x_1x_2\ge\|x_{3:n}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x∈Rn:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:n​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0}, with ni≥2n^i\ge2ni≥2.

Vectors are partitioned by cones, x=(x1;… ;xk)x = (x^1;\dots;x^k)x=(x1;…;xk), and xTs=∑i(xi)Tsix^Ts = \sum_i (x^i)^Ts^ixTs=∑i​(xi)Tsi. To each cone is attached a symmetric orthogonal matrix TiT^iTi: the identity for R+\mathbb R_+R+​ and KqK^qKq, and for KrK^rKr the identity with its leading 2×22\times22×2 block replaced by 12[111−1]\frac{1}{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​]. For v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd the arrow-head matrix is

mat⁡(v)=[v1v2:dTv2:dv1I].\operatorname{mat}(v) = \begin{bmatrix} v_1 & v_{2:d}^T\\ v_{2:d} & v_1 I\end{bmatrix}.mat(v)=[v1​v2:d​​v2:dT​v1​I​].

At a point (x,s)(x,s)(x,s) put Xi=mat⁡(Tixi)X^i = \operatorname{mat}(T^ix^i)Xi=mat(Tixi), Si=mat⁡(Tisi)S^i = \operatorname{mat}(T^is^i)Si=mat(Tisi), and let XXX, SSS, TTT be block diagonal with blocks XiX^iXi, SiS^iSi, TiT^iTi. Let eie^iei be the first unit vector of Rni\mathbb R^{n^i}Rni and e=(e1;… ;ek)e = (e^1;\dots;e^k)e=(e1;…;ek).

The data are A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn. A current point is (x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))(x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)})(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0)), with

μ(0)=(x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)k+1.\mu^{(0)} = \frac{(x^{(0)})^Ts^{(0)} + \tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)}}{k+1}.μ(0)=k+1(x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)​.

For a centering parameter γ∈[0,1]\gamma\in[0,1]γ∈[0,1] the Newton direction (dx,dτ,dy,ds,dκ)(d_x,d_\tau,d_y,d_s,d_\kappa)(dx​,dτ​,dy​,ds​,dκ​) solves the linear system (22):

Adx−bdτ=(γ−1)(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),ATdy+ds−cdτ=(γ−1)(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),−cTdx+bTdy−dκ=(γ−1)(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),X(0)Tds+S(0)Tdx=−X(0)S(0)e+γμ(0)e,τ(0)dκ+κ(0)dτ=−τ(0)κ(0)+γμ(0).\begin{aligned} A d_x - b d_\tau &= (\gamma-1)(Ax^{(0)} - b\tau^{(0)}),\\ A^Td_y + d_s - c d_\tau &= (\gamma-1)(A^Ty^{(0)} + s^{(0)} - c\tau^{(0)}),\\ -c^Td_x + b^Td_y - d_\kappa &= (\gamma-1)(-c^Tx^{(0)} + b^Ty^{(0)} - \kappa^{(0)}),\\ X^{(0)}Td_s + S^{(0)}Td_x &= -X^{(0)}S^{(0)}e + \gamma\mu^{(0)}e,\\ \tau^{(0)}d_\kappa + \kappa^{(0)}d_\tau &= -\tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)} + \gamma\mu^{(0)}. \end{aligned}Adx​−bdτ​ATdy​+ds​−cdτ​−cTdx​+bTdy​−dκ​X(0)Tds​+S(0)Tdx​τ(0)dκ​+κ(0)dτ​​=(γ−1)(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),=(γ−1)(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),=(γ−1)(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),=−X(0)S(0)e+γμ(0)e,=−τ(0)κ(0)+γμ(0).​

The new point is (x(1),τ(1),y(1),s(1),κ(1))=(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+α(dx,dτ,dy,ds,dκ)(x^{(1)},\tau^{(1)},y^{(1)},s^{(1)},\kappa^{(1)}) = (x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)}) + \alpha(d_x,d_\tau,d_y,d_s,d_\kappa)(x(1),τ(1),y(1),s(1),κ(1))=(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+α(dx​,dτ​,dy​,ds​,dκ​) for a step size α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] (23).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.1 (p. 13)

Under (22) and (23),

Ax(1)−bτ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),ATy(1)+s(1)−cτ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),−cTx(1)+bTy(1)−κ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),dxTds+dτdκ=0,(x(1))Ts(1)+τ(1)κ(1)=(1−α(1−γ))((x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)).\begin{aligned} Ax^{(1)} - b\tau^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(Ax^{(0)} - b\tau^{(0)}),\\ A^Ty^{(1)} + s^{(1)} - c\tau^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(A^Ty^{(0)} + s^{(0)} - c\tau^{(0)}),\\ -c^Tx^{(1)} + b^Ty^{(1)} - \kappa^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))(-c^Tx^{(0)} + b^Ty^{(0)} - \kappa^{(0)}),\\ d_x^Td_s + d_\tau d_\kappa &= 0,\\ (x^{(1)})^Ts^{(1)} + \tau^{(1)}\kappa^{(1)} &= (1-\alpha(1-\gamma))\big((x^{(0)})^Ts^{(0)} + \tau^{(0)}\kappa^{(0)}\big). \end{aligned}Ax(1)−bτ(1)ATy(1)+s(1)−cτ(1)−cTx(1)+bTy(1)−κ(1)dxT​ds​+dτ​dκ​(x(1))Ts(1)+τ(1)κ(1)​=(1−α(1−γ))(Ax(0)−bτ(0)),=(1−α(1−γ))(ATy(0)+s(0)−cτ(0)),=(1−α(1−γ))(−cTx(0)+bTy(0)−κ(0)),=0,=(1−α(1−γ))((x(0))Ts(0)+τ(0)κ(0)).​

Milestones

  1. (25), p. 13: with η=1−γ\eta = 1-\gammaη=1−γ, the shifted point η(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+d\eta(x^{(0)},\tau^{(0)},y^{(0)},s^{(0)},\kappa^{(0)}) + dη(x(0),τ(0),y(0),s(0),κ(0))+d satisfies the three linear equations of the homogeneous model.
  2. (26), p. 13: 0=(ηx(0)+dx)T(ηs(0)+ds)+(ητ(0)+dτ)(ηκ(0)+dκ)0 = (\eta x^{(0)}+d_x)^T(\eta s^{(0)}+d_s) + (\eta\tau^{(0)}+d_\tau)(\eta\kappa^{(0)}+d_\kappa)0=(ηx(0)+dx​)T(ηs(0)+ds​)+(ητ(0)+dτ​)(ηκ(0)+dκ​), and its expansion in powers of η\etaη.
  3. (61), p. 36: eTXSe=∑i(Tixi)TTisi=xTse^TXSe = \sum_i (T^ix^i)^TT^is^i = x^TseTXSe=∑i​(Tixi)TTisi=xTs for all xxx, sss.
  4. p. 14, first equality: (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx=eT(X(0)Tds+S(0)Tdx)(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x = e^T(X^{(0)}Td_s + S^{(0)}Td_x)(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​=eT(X(0)Tds​+S(0)Tdx​), for all vectors.
  5. p. 14, the chain's value: (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx+τ(0)dκ+κ(0)dτ=(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1)(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x + \tau^{(0)}d_\kappa + \kappa^{(0)}d_\tau = (\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}(k+1)(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​+τ(0)dκ​+κ(0)dτ​=(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1).
  6. p. 14, orthogonality: dxTds+dτdκ=0d_x^Td_s + d_\tau d_\kappa = 0dxT​ds​+dτ​dκ​=0.

Significance

Lemma 4.1 is what makes the homogeneous algorithm analyzable. Because the three residuals and the gap shrink by the same factor 1−α(1−γ)1-\alpha(1-\gamma)1−α(1−γ), their ratios are invariant along the iterates, and a step with γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 makes measurable progress toward a solution of the homogeneous model. The paper notes (p. 14) that all properties stated in Lemma 4.1 hold for the Nesterov–Todd-scaled direction (27) as well, the direction actually implemented, for which polynomial complexity is shown by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000).

The result is proved on the page; it is not open. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, it has not been formalized. Machine-checked versions exist only for linear-programming analogues, with diagonal complementarity products in place of arrow-head matrices. The formalization adds two things. First, it fixes three printed slips: the third line of (22) prints κ\kappaκ for κ(0)\kappa^{(0)}κ(0); the fourth identity of (24) prints dxTdsTd_x^Td_s^TdxT​dsT​; and the proof's evaluation on p. 14 ends with (γ−1)μ(0)k(\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}k(γ−1)μ(0)k where (γ−1)μ(0)(k+1)(\gamma-1)\mu^{(0)}(k+1)(γ−1)μ(0)(k+1) is correct, since eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k and the τκ\tau\kappaτκ equation contributes the extra μ(0)\mu^{(0)}μ(0). Second, the arrow-head identities (61) and the p. 14 equality are reusable for missions on the complementarity conditions (Lemma 3.1) and the scaled directions of the same paper.

Difficulty

The first three identities of (24) are linear and follow from the first three lines of (22) alone. The content is in the last two. They need an inner-product identity that turns the fourth line of (22), a statement about arrow-head matrix products, into a statement about the scalar quantity (x(0))Tds+(s(0))Tdx(x^{(0)})^Td_s + (s^{(0)})^Td_x(x(0))Tds​+(s(0))Tdx​. The naive reading treats X(0)TdsX^{(0)}Td_sX(0)Tds​ as an abstract linear image of dsd_sds​ and loses exactly this link. What is needed is that the first row of mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v) is vTv^TvT, that mat⁡(u)mat⁡(v)e1\operatorname{mat}(u)\operatorname{mat}(v)e_1mat(u)mat(v)e1​ has first entry uTvu^TvuTv, and that every TiT^iTi is symmetric and orthogonal. The last fails for the rotated cone when ni<2n^i<2ni<2, so the dimension conventions are not decoration. The bookkeeping constant eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k must also be tracked correctly; the page itself gets it wrong.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Blocks are indexed by Fin k; block iii is Fin (n i) → ℝ, and indices are 0-based (the paper's v1v_1v1​ is v 0). AAA is given by its column blocks AiA^iAi, so Ax=∑iAixiAx = \sum_iA^ix^iAx=∑i​Aixi, (ATy)i=(Ai)Ty(A^Ty)^i = (A^i)^Ty(ATy)i=(Ai)Ty and cTx=∑i(ci)Txic^Tx = \sum_i (c^i)^Tx^icTx=∑i​(ci)Txi. The second line of (22) and of (24), and the fourth line of (22), are stated block by block; this is equivalent because XXX, SSS, TTT are block diagonal.
  • Definitions. The shared module ConicQuadIPM.Complementarity.Setting provides the cone kinds, TiT^iTi (Tmat), mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v) (arrow), eie^iei (e1) and the predicate WellFormed; this mission's ConicQuadIPM.NewtonStep.Setting adds μ(0)\mu^{(0)}μ(0) (mu0) and the system (22) (NewtonSystem). WellFormed is the paper's implicit dimension convention (ni=1n^i = 1ni=1, ≥1\ge1≥1, ≥2\ge2≥2 for the three kinds).
  • Hypotheses. Every theorem assumes WellFormed. This is a disclosed addition: the paper never states the dimensions, and without them a block of dimension 000 breaks eTe=ke^Te = keTe=k. The ranges α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] and γ∈[0,1]\gamma\in[0,1]γ∈[0,1] are kept as on the page, although the identities hold for all real values. No interiority or cone membership of the current point is assumed, because Lemma 4.1 does not use any. The κ\kappaκ of (22)'s third line is κ(0)\kappa^{(0)}κ(0).
  • No trivialization. The fourth line of (22) must stay in terms of arrow and Tmat. Replacing X(0)TdsX^{(0)}Td_sX(0)Tds​ by an abstract linear map, or by (x(0))Tds(x^{(0)})^Td_s(x(0))Tds​ directly, would turn milestone 4 into a definition and empty the goal. Milestone 5 states the corrected constant k+1k+1k+1; the printed kkk is false whenever γ≠1\gamma\ne1γ=1 and μ(0)≠0\mu^{(0)}\ne0μ(0)=0.
  • Reusable parts. The arrow-head lemmas (first row of mat⁡(v)\operatorname{mat}(v)mat(v), e1Tmat⁡(u)mat⁡(v)e1=uTve_1^T\operatorname{mat}(u)\operatorname{mat}(v)e_1 = u^Tve1T​mat(u)mat(v)e1​=uTv, symmetry and orthogonality of TiT^iTi) are useful beyond this mission. Contributions of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; cited from the authors' preprint of 18 December 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • X. Xu, P.-F. Hung, Y. Ye, A simplified homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm and its implementation, Annals of Operations Research 62 (1996) 151–171. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02206815
  • E. D. Andersen, K. D. Andersen, The MOSEK interior point optimizer for linear programming: an implementation of the homogeneous algorithm, in High Performance Optimization, Kluwer (2000) 197–232. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3216-0_8
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88 (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Linearly Parameterized Bandits 2: Under Smooth Best Arm Response, the Phased Exploration and Greedy Exploitation Policy Has Regret at Most a₁(‖z‖ + 1/‖z‖)r√TResearch Paper

Motivation

In a linearly parameterized bandit, a decision maker repeatedly chooses an arm from a possibly infinite set of vectors and receives a noisy reward whose mean is linear in an unknown parameter. Classical bandit policies treat arms as independent and must try each arm, so their regret grows with the number of arms (Lai and Robbins 1985); in applications such as marketing, where similar products are expected to have similar sales, the linear structure lets one observation inform many arms, and the regret can be made independent of the number of arms. Rusmevichientong and Tsitsiklis (arXiv:0812.3465v2, Mathematics of Operations Research 2010) show that when the arms form the unit sphere of Rr\mathbb R^rRr, no policy has Bayes risk below order rTr\sqrt TrT​. This mission concerns their matching upper bound: a simple policy that alternates exploration and greedy exploitation in cycles of growing length attains regret of order rTr\sqrt TrT​ whenever the best arm depends smoothly on the parameter.

The linearly parameterized bandit was studied earlier by Abe and Long (1999), Auer (2002) and, independently of this paper, Dani, Hayes and Kakade (2008), whose policies rely on confidence regions for the parameter. The result here shows that for arm sets with a smooth best arm, such as balls and, by Polovinkin (1996), ellipsoids, a phase-based policy with a single least squares estimate per cycle suffices.

Setting

Let r≥2r \ge 2r≥2 and let Ur⊂Rr\mathcal U_r \subset \mathbb R^rUr​⊂Rr be a compact set of arms. Playing arm uuu in period ttt yields the reward

Xtu=u′Z+Wtu,X^u_t = u'Z + W^u_t,Xtu​=u′Z+Wtu​,

where Z∈RrZ \in \mathbb R^rZ∈Rr is an unknown parameter and the errors WtuW^u_tWtu​ are independent of each other and of ZZZ, identically distributed in ttt for each arm, with mean zero.

Assumption 1 fixes constants σ0,uˉ,λ0>0\sigma_0, \bar u, \lambda_0 > 0σ0​,uˉ,λ0​>0 that do not depend on rrr: (a) every error satisfies E[exWtu]≤ex2σ02/2\mathbb E[e^{xW^u_t}] \le e^{x^2\sigma_0^2/2}E[exWtu​]≤ex2σ02​/2 for all x∈Rx \in \mathbb Rx∈R; (b) every arm has ∥u∥≤uˉ\|u\| \le \bar u∥u∥≤uˉ, and Ur\mathcal U_rUr​ contains linearly independent arms b1,…,brb_1, \dots, b_rb1​,…,br​ with λmin⁡(∑kbkbk′)≥λ0\lambda_{\min}(\sum_k b_kb_k') \ge \lambda_0λmin​(∑k​bk​bk′​)≥λ0​.

The smooth best arm response condition SBAR(JJJ) requires that every z≠0z \ne 0z=0 have a unique best arm u∗(z)u^*(z)u∗(z), the maximizer of v′zv'zv′z over Ur\mathcal U_rUr​, and that ∥u∗(z)−u∗(y)∥≤J∥z−y∥\|u^*(z) - u^*(y)\| \le J\|z - y\|∥u∗(z)−u∗(y)∥≤J∥z−y∥ for unit vectors z,yz, yz,y.

The PEGE policy (Phased Exploration and Greedy Exploitation) runs in cycles c=1,2,…c = 1, 2, \dotsc=1,2,…. In cycle ccc it plays b1,…,brb_1, \dots, b_rb1​,…,br​ once each, computes the ordinary least squares estimate

Z^(c)=1c(∑k=1rbkbk′)−1∑s=1c∑k=1rbkXbk(s)\widehat Z(c) = \frac1c\Big(\sum_{k=1}^r b_kb_k'\Big)^{-1}\sum_{s=1}^c\sum_{k=1}^r b_k X^{b_k}(s)Z(c)=c1​(k=1∑r​bk​bk′​)−1s=1∑c​k=1∑r​bk​Xbk​(s)

from all exploration rewards so far, and then plays a greedy arm G(c)∈arg⁡max⁡v∈Urv′Z^(c)G(c) \in \arg\max_{v \in \mathcal U_r} v'\widehat Z(c)G(c)∈argmaxv∈Ur​​v′Z(c) for ccc periods, ties broken arbitrarily.

The regret given Z=zZ = zZ=z over TTT periods is Regret(z,T,PEGE)=∑t=1TE[max⁡v∈Urv′z−Ut′z∣Z=z]\mathrm{Regret}(z, T, \mathrm{PEGE}) = \sum_{t=1}^T \mathbb E[\max_{v \in \mathcal U_r} v'z - U_t'z \mid Z = z]Regret(z,T,PEGE)=∑t=1T​E[maxv∈Ur​​v′z−Ut′​z∣Z=z], where UtU_tUt​ is the arm played in period ttt, and the risk is Risk(T,PEGE)=E[Regret(Z,T,PEGE)]\mathrm{Risk}(T, \mathrm{PEGE}) = \mathbb E[\mathrm{Regret}(Z, T, \mathrm{PEGE})]Risk(T,PEGE)=E[Regret(Z,T,PEGE)] for a prior on ZZZ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 15)

Under Assumption 1 and SBAR(JJJ), there is a1>0a_1 > 0a1​>0 depending only on σ0,uˉ,λ0,J\sigma_0, \bar u, \lambda_0, Jσ0​,uˉ,λ0​,J such that for every r≥2r \ge 2r≥2, every z≠0z \ne 0z=0 and T≥rT \ge rT≥r,

Regret(z,T,PEGE)≤a1(∥z∥+1∥z∥)rT,\mathrm{Regret}(z, T, \mathrm{PEGE}) \le a_1\Big(\|z\| + \frac1{\|z\|}\Big) r\sqrt T,Regret(z,T,PEGE)≤a1​(∥z∥+∥z∥1​)rT​,

and, if E∥Z∥≤M\mathbb E\|Z\| \le ME∥Z∥≤M and E[1/∥Z∥]≤M\mathbb E[1/\|Z\|] \le ME[1/∥Z∥]≤M for every rrr, there is a2a_2a2​ depending only on σ0,uˉ,λ0,J,M\sigma_0, \bar u, \lambda_0, J, Mσ0​,uˉ,λ0​,J,M with

Risk(T,PEGE)≤a2 rT.\mathrm{Risk}(T, \mathrm{PEGE}) \le a_2\, r\sqrt T.Risk(T,PEGE)≤a2​rT​.

The constants are unspecified; only the order rTr\sqrt TrT​ and its uniformity in rrr are asserted.

Milestones on the way

  • Lemma 3.4 (p. 16): E[∥Z^(c)−z∥2∣Z=z]≤h1r/c\mathbb E[\|\widehat Z(c) - z\|^2 \mid Z = z] \le h_1 r/cE[∥Z(c)−z∥2∣Z=z]≤h1​r/c.
  • Lemma 3.5 (p. 17): ∥w/∥w∥−z/∥z∥∥≤2∥w−z∥/max⁡{∥z∥,∥w∥}\|w/\|w\| - z/\|z\|\| \le 2\|w - z\|/\max\{\|z\|, \|w\|\}∥w/∥w∥−z/∥z∥∥≤2∥w−z∥/max{∥z∥,∥w∥}.
  • Lemma 3.6 (p. 17): E[max⁡uz′(u−G(c))∣Z=z]≤rh2/(c∥z∥)\mathbb E[\max_{u} z'(u - G(c)) \mid Z = z] \le r h_2/(c\|z\|)E[maxu​z′(u−G(c))∣Z=z]≤rh2​/(c∥z∥).
  • Sec. 3.1 (p. 18): Regret(z,rK+∑c=1Kc,PEGE)≤h3r∥z∥K+h4∑c=1Kr/∥z∥\mathrm{Regret}(z, rK + \sum_{c=1}^K c, \mathrm{PEGE}) \le h_3 r\|z\|K + h_4\sum_{c=1}^K r/\|z\|Regret(z,rK+∑c=1K​c,PEGE)≤h3​r∥z∥K+h4​∑c=1K​r/∥z∥.

Further results

  • Lemma 3.2 (p. 16): a density condition near the origin gives E[1/∥Z∥]≤M\mathbb E[1/\|Z\|] \le ME[1/∥Z∥]≤M; for Z∼N(0,Ir/r)Z \sim N(0, I_r/r)Z∼N(0,Ir​/r), E∥Z∥≤1\mathbb E\|Z\| \le 1E∥Z∥≤1 and E[1/∥Z∥]≤π\mathbb E[1/\|Z\|] \le \sqrt\piE[1/∥Z∥]≤π​.
  • The unit ball and the unit sphere satisfy SBAR(1) (pp. 15–16).
  • Corollary 3.3 (p. 16): on the unit sphere with standard normal errors, Regret≤a3(∥z∥+1/∥z∥)rT\mathrm{Regret} \le a_3(\|z\| + 1/\|z\|)r\sqrt TRegret≤a3​(∥z∥+1/∥z∥)rT​ and, under the prior N(0,Ir/r)N(0, I_r/r)N(0,Ir​/r), Risk≤a3rT\mathrm{Risk} \le a_3 r\sqrt TRisk≤a3​rT​.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 with the lower bound of Theorem 2.1 of the same paper identifies rTr\sqrt TrT​ as the optimal order of the regret and the Bayes risk on the unit sphere, and Corollary 3.3 makes this precise. The bound is achieved by a policy with no confidence sets and no per-period optimization beyond one linear maximization per cycle. The factor ∥z∥+1/∥z∥\|z\| + 1/\|z\|∥z∥+1/∥z∥ shows how the difficulty depends on the size of the parameter; combined with the trivial bound 2uˉ∥z∥T2\bar u\|z\|T2uˉ∥z∥T, the regret does not deteriorate as ∥z∥→0\|z\| \to 0∥z∥→0.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formalization yields a verified dimension-explicit regret bound for an explore–exploit policy with a continuum of arms, the least squares error bound under sub-Gaussian noise (Lemma 3.4), and Lipschitz properties of normalization and of the best-arm map on balls, all of which are reusable.

Difficulty

The expected instantaneous regret of a greedy arm computed from a noisy estimate is not obviously small: for a general compact arm set the best arm may jump under a small perturbation of the parameter, and the regret is then of order ∥z∥\|z\|∥z∥ however good the estimate is. The SBAR condition prevents such jumps, but only for unit vectors, so the estimation error must be transferred to the direction of the estimate, which costs a factor 1/∥z∥1/\|z\|1/∥z∥. The estimate may also vanish with positive probability when the errors are discrete, where the greedy arm is arbitrary. Finally, the constants must be uniform in the dimension rrr: a bound with an rrr-dependent constant is immediate from Regret≤2uˉ∥z∥T\mathrm{Regret} \le 2\bar u\|z\|TRegret≤2uˉ∥z∥T, so the content of the theorem lies in keeping every constant independent of rrr and of the arm set.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin r), so the norm is Euclidean and the inner product is u′zu'zu′z. The model's standing assumptions are encoded as follows: Ur\mathcal U_rUr​ is compact; the errors of each arm have mean zero and a law νu\nu_uνu​; Assumption 1(a) requires the moment generating function to exist and satisfy the sub-Gaussian bound; Assumption 1(b) writes λmin⁡(∑kbkbk′)≥λ0\lambda_{\min}(\sum_k b_kb_k') \ge \lambda_0λmin​(∑k​bk​bk′​)≥λ0​ as λ0∥x∥2≤∑k(bk′x)2\lambda_0\|x\|^2 \le \sum_k (b_k'x)^2λ0​∥x∥2≤∑k​(bk′​x)2. Every constant is quantified before the dimension rrr, the arm set, the error laws, the exploration arms, the tie-breaking rule, the prior, zzz and TTT; a version with constants depending on rrr or on the instance is trivial and is excluded by this quantifier order.

PEGE uses exactly the exploration arms bkb_kbk​ of Assumption 1(b), which are an argument of the policy. The greedy rule is any measurable selection of a maximizer; measurability, implicit on the page, is a hypothesis. Since PEGE uses only exploration rewards, the expectation is over an independent table of exploration errors Wbk(s)W^{b_k}(s)Wbk​(s) with laws νbk\nu_{b_k}νbk​​, with the parameter fixed to zzz ("given Z=zZ = zZ=z"). Regret and risk are lower Lebesgue integrals of nonnegative gaps, valued in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], so an upper bound is never satisfied by a default value of an integral. The moment conditions on the prior are lower Lebesgue integrals, so E[1/∥Z∥]=∞\mathbb E[1/\|Z\|] = \inftyE[1/∥Z∥]=∞ if the prior charges the origin.

Two printed statements are adjusted. Lemma 3.6 is printed "for any z∈Rrz \in \mathbb R^rz∈Rr", but its bound rh2/(c∥z∥)r h_2/(c\|z\|)rh2​/(c∥z∥) is undefined at z=0z = 0z=0; it is stated for z≠0z \ne 0z=0. The p. 18 cycle-sum display is likewise stated for z≠0z \ne 0z=0. In Corollary 3.3, the exploration arms are those of Assumption 1(b) with uˉ=λ0=1\bar u = \lambda_0 = 1uˉ=λ0​=1, as in its proof. Measurability of the density in Lemma 3.2(a) is added.

The source is arXiv:0812.3465v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a sub-Gaussian least squares library, and the Lipschitz analysis of best-arm maps.

Selected references

  • P. Rusmevichientong, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Linearly Parameterized Bandits, arXiv:0812.3465v2, 2010; Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0812.3465v2
  • V. Dani, T. P. Hayes, S. M. Kakade, Stochastic Linear Optimization under Bandit Feedback, COLT 2008. https://www.learningtheory.org/colt2008/papers/80-Dani.pdf
  • P. Auer, Using Confidence Bounds for Exploitation-Exploration Trade-offs, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/auer02a.html
  • E. S. Polovinkin, Strongly convex analysis, Sbornik: Mathematics 187(2), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1070/SM1996v187n02ABEH000111
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 2: Under a Mean Set and a Known Covariance, the Bound π² Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operations models contain terms of the form EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+): expected shortfall or overflow of an affine function of an uncertain vector. Inventory and newsvendor costs, penalties for violated soft constraints, and the Conditional Value-at-Risk of a linear decision rule all reduce to it. In practice the distribution P\mathbb PP of the uncertainty is rarely known; what is known are a few descriptive statistics, such as a range for the mean and an estimate of the covariance. Distributionally robust optimization then replaces the expectation by its supremum over every distribution consistent with that information.

The question goes back to Scarf (1958), who solved a single-product newsvendor problem against the worst distribution with known mean μ\muμ and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2, using the fact that sup⁡E(X+)=12(μ+μ2+σ2)\sup E(X^+) = \tfrac12\big(\mu + \sqrt{\mu^2 + \sigma^2}\big)supE(X+)=21​(μ+μ2+σ2​) over such laws; Gallego and Moon (1993) simplified the argument. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (2003) obtained conic representations of worst-case Value-at-Risk under mean and covariance information, and Delage and Ye (2010) studied stochastic programs with uncertain mean and covariance. Goh and Sim (2010) use bounds of this kind inside a general framework for linear optimization under uncertainty with recourse: after a piecewise-linear decision rule is introduced, every expectation in the reformulated problem is of the form above, and the framework needs a tractable, ideally exact, value for its worst case. Section 5.2 of the paper provides it when the information consists of a set containing the mean and the exact covariance.

Setting

A primitive uncertainty z~∈RN\tilde z \in \mathbb R^{N}z~∈RN is represented through a segregated uncertainty ζ~∈RNE\tilde\zeta \in \mathbb R^{N_E}ζ~​∈RNE​, NE≥NN_E \ge NNE​≥N, and a fixed matrix F∈RN×NEF \in \mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​ and vector g∈RNg \in \mathbb R^{N}g∈RN with z~=Fζ~+g\tilde z = F\tilde\zeta + gz~=Fζ~​+g (equation (9) of the paper). The paper notes that FFF has full row rank. Write n=NEn = N_En=NE​.

The distributional information is:

  • a set V^⊆Rn\hat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^{n}V^⊆Rn known to contain the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​) (the mean is uncertain, its "support" is V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^);
  • the exact covariance Σ∈RN×N\Sigma \in \mathbb R^{N \times N}Σ∈RN×N of the primitive vector z~\tilde zz~.

The family is

F2={P: ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}.\mathbb F_2 = \Big\{\mathbb P :\ \hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}\big(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F'\big) = \Sigma\Big\}.F2​={P: ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.

For r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^{n}r∈Rn the worst-case expected positive part is sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)supP∈F2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), and the bound of (22) is

π2(r0,r)=inf⁡y: F′y=r sup⁡ζ^∈V^{12(r0+r′ζ^)+12(r0+r′ζ^)2+y′Σy}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{y:\, F'y = r}\ \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} \Big\{ \tfrac12 (r^0 + r'\hat\zeta) + \tfrac12 \sqrt{(r^0 + r'\hat\zeta)^2 + y'\Sigma y} \Big\}.π2(r0,r)=y:F′y=rinf​ ζ^​∈V^sup​{21​(r0+r′ζ^​)+21​(r0+r′ζ^​)2+y′Σy​}.

Following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞; all values are in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 910)

For FFF of full row rank, Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite and V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty,

sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^2(r^0, r) \qquad \text{for all } r^0, r.P∈F2​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.

This is an exact identity; it contains no constants that later work could improve.

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 2: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^2(r^0, r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r), with no hypotheses.
  2. Remark after Theorem 2: for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0, f(u)=12u+12u2+y′Σyf(u) = \tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y}f(u)=21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​ is nondecreasing in uuu.
  3. (23): for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0 and V^≠∅\hat{\mathcal V} \neq \emptysetV^=∅,
π2(r0,r)=inf⁡u, y{12u+12u2+y′Σy: r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^≤u, F′y=r}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{u,\, y}\Big\{\tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y} :\ r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zeta \le u,\ F'y = r\Big\}.π2(r0,r)=u,yinf​{21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​: r0+ζ^​∈V^sup​r′ζ^​≤u, F′y=r}.
  1. Tightness part of Theorem 2: π2(r0,r)≤sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^2(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π2(r0,r)≤supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) under the goal's hypotheses.

Significance

Theorem 2 says that the deterministic problem (22) evaluates the worst case exactly, not merely bounds it. Through (23) it becomes a second-order cone program whenever V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is conic representable, so distributionally robust constraints and objectives with mean–covariance information can be handed to an off-the-shelf conic solver without loss. In the paper, π2\pi^2π2 is one of three building blocks (with the mean–support bound π1\pi^1π1 and the directional-deviation bound π3\pi^3π3) that are combined by infimal convolution into the unified bound of Theorem 4, which in turn prices the deflected linear decision rules of §6. Specialized to N=nN = nN=n, F=IF = IF=I and a singleton mean set, it recovers Scarf's mean–variance bound.

The theorem is proved in the paper's online appendix; no machine-checked proof of it, nor of Scarf's bound in this multivariate form, is known to exist. A formalization would certify the exact value, including the cases the printed statement treats only implicitly: rrr outside the range of F′F'F′ (both sides +∞+\infty+∞), a degenerate quadratic form y′Σy=0y'\Sigma y = 0y′Σy=0, and unbounded mean sets.

Difficulty

The upper bound is a moment inequality and is the easier half. The difficulty is tightness. The supremum over F2\mathbb F_2F2​ is in general not attained, so the proof must exhibit, for every point of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^, distributions on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn that meet the full covariance constraint on Fζ~F\tilde\zetaFζ~​ exactly while driving the expected positive part of the single linear functional r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​ to the bound. The constraint fixes N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2 second moments, not just the variance of r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​, so the scalar extremal laws behind Scarf's bound do not directly give members of F2\mathbb F_2F2​. The case F′y=rF'y = rF′y=r infeasible requires showing that the worst case is +∞+\infty+∞, i.e. that F2\mathbb F_2F2​ contains distributions with arbitrarily large expectations; this is where the full-rank assumption on FFF enters.

Formalization scope

The random vector is the identity on Fin n → ℝ and a distribution is a measure P on it. The mean, the covariance matrix and the finite-second-moment condition come from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting (meanVec, covMat, HasSecondMoments). The covariance condition is F CovP(ζ~) F′=ΣF\,\mathrm{Cov}_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)\,F' = \SigmaFCovP​(ζ~​)F′=Σ, which equals the paper's EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F')EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′) by linearity; it constrains the covariance of the primitive vector, an N×NN \times NN×N matrix, not the covariance of ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. The positive part is max · 0. The worst case and π2\pi^2π2 take values in EReal: an infimum over an empty set is +∞+\infty+∞ and a supremum over an empty set is −∞-\infty−∞, matching the paper's convention for infeasible problems. The paper's "inf" and "sup" are not claimed to be attained.

Readings fixed by this mission, each implicit in the paper:

  • Full row rank of FFF (p. 906, "F has to be full rank"), stated as surjectivity of x↦Fxx \mapsto Fxx↦Fx;
  • Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite, as a covariance matrix must be;
  • V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty.

Each is needed for the equality: without it F2\mathbb F_2F2​ can be empty (worst case −∞-\infty−∞) while π2\pi^2π2 is finite or +∞+\infty+∞. No convexity or closedness of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is assumed; the theorem does not need it. A formalization that takes the infimum in R\mathbb RR (where an empty infimum is 000) or states only the inequality ≤\le≤ would trivialize or weaken the theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for E(X+)E(X^+)E(X+), constructions of multivariate distributions with a prescribed mean and covariance (Gaussian or finitely supported laws), and the monotonicity and continuity facts behind (23). The scalar inequality and the constructions of distributions with given first two moments are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and supporting lemmas on moment-constrained families, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4), 902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in K. Arrow (ed.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 201–209, 1958.
  • G. Gallego and I. Moon, The distribution free newsboy problem: Review and extensions, Journal of the Operational Research Society 44(8), 825–834, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1057/jors.1993.141
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks and F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: A conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4), 543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3), 595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun and J. Zhang, A linear decision-based approximation approach to stochastic programming, Operations Research 56(2), 344–357, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling III: Optimal Nonpreemptive Schedules Are Within 3 of Preemptive Ones for R | rᵢⱼ | Σ wⱼCⱼ, Within 2 Without Release DatesResearch Paper

Motivation

In machine scheduling, preemption means that a job may be interrupted and resumed later, possibly on a different machine. Allowing it can only lower the optimal cost, and a basic question for every scheduling model is how much it can lower it: the ratio between the best nonpreemptive and the best preemptive schedule, often called the power of preemption. For identical parallel machines and the total weighted completion time, McNaughton (1959) showed that preemption does not help at all (doi:10.1287/mnsc.6.1.1). For unrelated machines, where every job has its own processing time on every machine, and with release dates, it does help, and no exact relation is known.

Skutella's paper (J. ACM 48 (2001), doi:10.1145/375827.375840) gives approximation algorithms for unrelated-machine scheduling based on convex quadratic programming relaxations. Its §4 adapts the relaxation of §3 to preemptive schedules and rounds it to a nonpreemptive schedule. A by-product is a constant bound on the power of preemption for R∣rij∣∑wjCjR\mid r_{ij}\mid\sum w_jC_jR∣rij​∣∑wj​Cj​: the factor 333, and 222 without release dates. This mission formalizes that bound together with the steps of §4 that produce it.

Setting

There are nnn jobs jjj and mmm unrelated machines iii. Job jjj has a weight wj≥0w_j\ge0wj​≥0, and on machine iii a processing time pij>0p_{ij}>0pij​>0 and a release date rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 before which it may not be processed there.

A preemptive schedule is a finite list of pieces: job jjj runs on machine iii during [s,e][s,e][s,e]. Running job jjj for ℓ\ellℓ time units on machine iii completes the fraction ℓ/pij\ell/p_{ij}ℓ/pij​ of it. A schedule is feasible if every piece of jjj on iii starts no earlier than rijr_{ij}rij​, two pieces on the same machine never overlap, two pieces of the same job never overlap, and the fractions of every job add up to exactly 111. The completion time CjC_jCj​ is the end of the last piece of jjj, and the objective is ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​. A schedule is nonpreemptive if every job consists of a single piece.

Smith's order ≺i\prec_i≺i​ on machine iii orders the jobs by nonincreasing ratio wj/pijw_j/p_{ij}wj​/pij​, ties broken by index. On each machine the release dates sorted nondecreasingly are ρi1≤⋯≤ρin\rho_{i_1}\le\dots\le\rho_{i_n}ρi1​​≤⋯≤ρin​​, with ρin+1:=∞\rho_{i_{n+1}}:=\inftyρin+1​​:=∞, and the time slot iki_kik​ is [ρik,ρik+1)[\rho_{i_k},\rho_{i_{k+1}})[ρik​​,ρik+1​​). For a preemptive schedule, aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​ is the fraction of job jjj processed on machine iii inside slot iki_kik​. The convex quadratic program (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) asks for a≥0a\ge0a≥0 and ZZZ with ∑i,kaikj=1\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}=1∑i,k​aik​j​=1, slot capacities ∑jaikjpij≤ρik+1−ρik\sum_j a_{i_kj}p_{ij}\le\rho_{i_{k+1}}-\rho_{i_k}∑j​aik​j​pij​≤ρik+1​​−ρik​​, aikj=0a_{i_kj}=0aik​j​=0 when ρik<rij\rho_{i_k}<r_{ij}ρik​​<rij​, and

Z ≥ ∑jwj∑i,kaikj(ρik+aikj2pij+∑j′≺ijaikj′pij′),Z ≥ ∑jwj∑i,kaikjpij.Z\ \ge\ \sum_j w_j\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}\Bigl(\rho_{i_k}+\frac{a_{i_kj}}{2}p_{ij}+\sum_{j'\prec_ij}a_{i_kj'}p_{ij'}\Bigr),\qquad Z\ \ge\ \sum_j w_j\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}p_{ij}.Z ≥ j∑​wj​i,k∑​aik​j​(ρik​​+2aik​j​​pij​+j′≺i​j∑​aik​j′​pij′​),Z ≥ j∑​wj​i,k∑​aik​j​pij​.

Randomized rounding puts job jjj into slot iki_kik​ with probability aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​, pairwise independently over jobs, and schedules each slot's jobs back to back in Smith's order from the slot's start.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4.6, the power of preemption

For every feasible preemptive schedule PPP there is a feasible nonpreemptive schedule SSS with

∑jwjCj(S) ≤ 3∑jwjCj(P),\sum_j w_jC_j(S)\ \le\ 3\sum_j w_jC_j(P),j∑​wj​Cj​(S) ≤ 3j∑​wj​Cj​(P),

and if all rij=0r_{ij}=0rij​=0, one with ∑jwjCj(S)≤2∑jwjCj(P)\sum_j w_jC_j(S)\le 2\sum_j w_jC_j(P)∑j​wj​Cj​(S)≤2∑j​wj​Cj​(P). This is the paper's ratio of optima, stated so that no existence of optimal schedules is needed.

Milestones

  1. (24): ∑jwjCj≥∑jwj∑i,kaikjpij\sum_j w_jC_j\ge\sum_j w_j\sum_{i,k}a_{i_kj}p_{ij}∑j​wj​Cj​≥∑j​wj​∑i,k​aik​j​pij​ for every preemptive schedule.
  2. Exchange inequality (proof of Lemma 4.2): inside one slot, Smith's order minimizes ∑jajwj∑j′ before jaj′pij′\sum_j a_jw_j\sum_{j'\text{ before }j}a_{j'}p_{ij'}∑j​aj​wj​∑j′ before j​aj′​pij′​ over all orders.
  3. (25): the bound (23) with ≺i\prec_i≺i​ replaced by the order of completion times in the schedule.
  4. Lemma 4.2: every preemptive schedule satisfies (23) and (24).
  5. (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) is a relaxation: the fractions of every preemptive schedule, with Z=∑jwjCjZ=\sum_j w_jC_jZ=∑j​wj​Cj​, are feasible.
  6. Lemma 4.3: rounding any feasible (aˉ,Z)(\bar a,Z)(aˉ,Z) yields feasible nonpreemptive schedules with E[∑jwjCj]≤3Z\mathbb E[\sum_j w_jC_j]\le 3ZE[∑j​wj​Cj​]≤3Z, and ≤2Z\le 2Z≤2Z when all release dates are 000.

Significance

The result gives a constant bound on how much preemption can help on unrelated machines with release dates, a model in which both the preemptive and the nonpreemptive problems are NP-hard (for the preemptive problem even without weights and release dates, by Sitters, J. Algorithms 57 (2005), doi:10.1016/j.jalgor.2004.06.011). The bound comes from an algorithm: a single relaxation that is valid for preemptive schedules, rounded to a nonpreemptive one. The same rounding is a randomized 333-approximation for R∣rij,pmtn∣∑wjCjR\mid r_{ij},pmtn\mid\sum w_jC_jR∣rij​,pmtn∣∑wj​Cj​ and a 222-approximation for R∣pmtn∣∑wjCjR\mid pmtn\mid\sum w_jC_jR∣pmtn∣∑wj​Cj​ (Theorem 4.5), and since it never preempts, these bounds hold under any communication delays between machines.

The paper proves all of this on paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of it is formalized: the only formal preemption result found is McNaughton's theorem for identical machines. The mission produces a machine-checked model of preemptive schedules on unrelated machines with release dates, a checked lower bound on such schedules by a convex quadratic function of their slot fractions, and a checked analysis of pairwise-independent rounding into nonpreemptive schedules.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to reuse the nonpreemptive relaxation (CQP)(CQP)(CQP) of §3, which already allows fractional assignments. It fails. Example 4.1 of the paper gives two jobs on two machines where an optimal preemptive schedule costs 777 but the corresponding (CQP)(CQP)(CQP) value is 7.257.257.25, so (CQP)(CQP)(CQP) is not a relaxation of the preemptive problem. The relaxation must be weakened: the term (1+aikj)/2(1+a_{i_kj})/2(1+aik​j​)/2 of §3 becomes aikj/2a_{i_kj}/2aik​j​/2, and this weakening is what raises the factor from 222 to 333.

Proving that the weaker program is a relaxation (Lemma 4.2) takes real work. The fractions of a job inside a slot of an arbitrary preemptive schedule are scattered, so the bound needs a rearrangement inside each slot by completion times, then an exchange argument that compares this order with Smith's order slot by slot. On the rounding side, Lemma 4.3 reduces to the analysis of §3 (each job's expected completion time is at most twice its value in the relaxation) and, without release dates, to Theorem 2.1 of §2. Both have to be redone here on the slot model.

Formalization scope

Jobs, machines and slots are Fin n, Fin m, Fin n (0-based). The standing assumptions pij>0p_{ij}>0pij​>0, wj≥0w_j\ge0wj​≥0, rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 of p. 2 are hypotheses of every theorem. Smith's order is cross-multiplied (wjpik>wkpijw_jp_{ik}>w_kp_{ij}wj​pik​>wk​pij​), equivalent to the ratio form because p>0p>0p>0. Sorted release dates come from Tuple.sort. The last slot of each machine has no right end, so ρin+1=∞\rho_{i_{n+1}}=\inftyρin+1​​=∞ is never a real number, and the slot capacity constraint is imposed only for slots with a successor. A preemptive schedule is a List of pieces with migration allowed and any number of pieces; nonpreemptive means one piece per job. Completion time is the latest end time among a job's pieces.

Added constraint. The display of (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) on p. 22 omits the condition aikj=0a_{i_kj}=0aik​j​=0 if ρik<rij\rho_{i_k}<r_{ij}ρik​​<rij​ (constraint (18) of §3). Without it the rounding can place a job in a slot that opens before its release date, and "computes a nonpreemptive schedule" in Lemma 4.3 fails. It is included here. The fractions of every feasible preemptive schedule satisfy it, so the program remains a relaxation.

Randomized rounding is a probability weight on the finite set of slot assignments with marginals aˉ\bar aaˉ and pairwise products aˉaˉ′\bar a\bar a'aˉaˉ′. Pairwise independence is required, full independence is not, and the expectation is a finite sum. "Without nontrivial release dates" is read as rij=0r_{ij}=0rij​=0 for all i,ji,ji,j. Communication delays are not modelled: without them the preemptive class is the largest, so the goal implies the bound for every delay model.

Not formalized: polynomial running time, solving (CQPp′)(CQP'_p)(CQPp′​) within an additive error ε\varepsilonε, derandomization by conditional probabilities (Theorem 4.5), and Corollary 4.4.

The goal is not trivial. Feasible preemptive schedules exist and are not vacuous, since each job's fractions must sum to 111 and no machine runs two pieces at once. The nonpreemptive schedule is required to be feasible in the same model, and its value is compared with the given schedule's real objective, not with a relaxation value.

A complete development needs: the slot schedule (15)–(17) and its feasibility, the bound E[Cj]≤2Cˉj\mathbb E[C_j]\le2\bar C_jE[Cj​]≤2Cˉj​ of §3 (Lemma 3.5) and Theorem 2.1 of §2, both restated on this slot model, and a product-measure argument showing that pairwise-independent rounding exists. The preemptive-schedule model and the slot machinery are reusable for other unrelated-machine results. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of Lemma 4.2.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, J. ACM 48(2) (2001) 206–242. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • W. E. Smith, Various optimizers for single-stage production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3 (1956) 59–66. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
  • R. McNaughton, Scheduling with deadlines and loss functions, Management Science 6(1) (1959) 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.1.1
  • A. S. Schulz and M. Skutella, Scheduling unrelated machines by randomized rounding, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 15(4) (2002) 450–469. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199357078
  • R. Sitters, Complexity of preemptive minsum scheduling on unrelated parallel machines, J. Algorithms 57(1) (2005) 37–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jalgor.2004.06.011
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 3: With Finitely Many Agents Splitting Their Flow and x·ℓₑ(x) Convex, a Nash Flow Costs No More Than Any Flow Feasible for Twice the RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network, traffic is routed by its users, not by a central planner. Each user picks the route that is cheapest for itself, and the resulting equilibrium can be much more expensive for the network as a whole than the best centrally planned routing. Roughgarden and Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing? (J. ACM 2002), quantified this loss. Their basic model is nonatomic: infinitely many users, each controlling a negligible amount of traffic. There, the cost of a Nash flow can exceed the optimum by an unbounded factor, but it never exceeds the cost of an optimal flow that routes twice as much traffic (their Theorem 3.1).

Many networks are not like that. A few large operators (internet service providers, freight companies, a navigation app routing its whole user base) each control a strictly positive share of the traffic and can split it over many paths. Section 5.2 of the paper treats this finite splittable model and proves the analogue of the bicriteria bound, Theorem 5.4. This mission formalizes that theorem and the three steps of its proof.

Setting

A network has a finite set EEE of edges. Each edge eee carries a latency function ℓe\ell_eℓe​, nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞): the delay on eee when xxx units of flow use it is ℓe(x)\ell_e(x)ℓe​(x).

There are kkk agents. Agent iii must send ri>0r_i>0ri​>0 units of flow from a source sis_isi​ to a destination tit_iti​, over its set Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ of paths. Distinct agents may have the same source and destination; their path sets are then separate copies. A flow fff assigns a nonnegative amount fPf_PfP​ to each path; agent iii's part is f(i)f^{(i)}f(i), the restriction of fff to Pi\mathcal P_iPi​. The flow is feasible for the rates rrr if ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i} f_P = r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for every iii, and feasible for 2r2r2r if each agent instead sends 2ri2r_i2ri​.

The edge flow fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e} f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​ is the flow of all agents through eee. The latency of a path is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​), and

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP,Ci(f)=∑P∈PiℓP(f) fP(i)C(f)=\sum_P \ell_P(f)\,f_P,\qquad C_i(f)=\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}\ell_P(f)\,f^{(i)}_PC(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​,Ci​(f)=P∈Pi​∑​ℓP​(f)fP(i)​

are the cost of the flow (its total latency) and the cost of agent iii. A feasible flow fff is at Nash equilibrium if no agent can lower its own cost by rerouting its own flow: for each iii, f(i)f^{(i)}f(i) minimizes CiC_iCi​ given f(j)f^{(j)}f(j) for j≠ij\neq ij=i.

In Lean, edges, paths and agents are Fin J, Fin R and Fin Sd; a path is a 0/10/10/1 incidence column A j r, s r is the agent owning path r, and rate i is rir_iri​. The edge flow linkFlow and the feasible set wardropFeasible come from the published definition KellyStochasticNetworks_Wardrop; pathLatency, cost and the modified latencies barLatency come from the series' shared model definitions (SelfishRouting.Bicriteria), and agentCost and IsSplittableNash are defined in this mission.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.4 (p. 20)

If x⋅ℓe(x)x\cdot\ell_e(x)x⋅ℓe​(x) is convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) for every edge, fff is at Nash equilibrium for the finite splittable instance (G,r,ℓ)(G,r,\ell)(G,r,ℓ), and f∗f^*f∗ is feasible for (G,2r,ℓ)(G,2r,\ell)(G,2r,ℓ), then

C(f)≤C(f∗).C(f)\le C(f^*).C(f)≤C(f∗).

The comparison flow f∗f^*f∗ is arbitrary, so the statement implies the bound against an optimal flow for 2r2r2r without naming one.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 5.4, p. 20)

The proof uses the modified latencies ℓˉe(x)=ℓe(fe)\bar\ell_e(x)=\ell_e(f_e)ℓˉe​(x)=ℓe​(fe​) for x≤fex\le f_ex≤fe​ and ℓˉe(x)=ℓe(x)\bar\ell_e(x)=\ell_e(x)ℓˉe​(x)=ℓe​(x) for x≥fex\ge f_ex≥fe​, built from the Nash flow fff (p. 12). Writing Cˉ(g)=∑PℓˉP(g)gP\bar C(g)=\sum_P\bar\ell_P(g)g_PCˉ(g)=∑P​ℓˉP​(g)gP​:

  1. Cˉ(f∗)−C(f∗)≤C(f)\bar C(f^*) - C(f^*)\le C(f)Cˉ(f∗)−C(f∗)≤C(f) for any flows with nonnegative path flows;
  2. fff is optimal for (G,r,ℓˉ)(G,r,\bar\ell)(G,r,ℓˉ): Cˉ(f)≤Cˉ(g)\bar C(f)\le\bar C(g)Cˉ(f)≤Cˉ(g) for every ggg feasible for rrr;
  3. every ggg feasible for 2r2r2r has Cˉ(g)≥2C(f)\bar C(g)\ge 2C(f)Cˉ(g)≥2C(f).

Significance

Theorem 5.4 says that in a network shared by finitely many traffic-splitting operators, the inefficiency of selfish routing can always be offset by doubling the network's capacity to carry traffic, whatever the network topology and whatever the (convexity-qualified) delay functions. Theorem 3.1 is its limit as the number of agents grows and each share shrinks to zero. The finite splittable model is the setting of later work on atomic splittable routing games and their price of anarchy, which this mission's definitions can serve.

On the formalization side, the result is proved on paper but, as far as a search of the platform and of Mathlib shows, no part of selfish-routing equilibrium theory with finitely many agents has been formalized. The mission provides a reusable encoding of the finite splittable model (per-agent costs, per-agent best responses with all other agents fixed) on top of the published Wardrop definitions, and the three proof steps as separately provable milestones. Milestone 2 is the one with independent content: it turns a game-theoretic equilibrium into the optimum of a convex program.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt copies the proof of Theorem 3.1. That proof uses the nonatomic equilibrium condition: every used path of a commodity has the same, minimal latency Li(f)L_i(f)Li​(f), so ℓˉP(g)≥Li(f)\bar\ell_P(g)\ge L_i(f)ℓˉP​(g)≥Li​(f) for every path and the lower bound Cˉ(g)≥2C(f)\bar C(g)\ge 2C(f)Cˉ(g)≥2C(f) follows path by path. In the finite splittable model this fails: an agent at equilibrium balances marginal costs ℓP(f)+fP(i)⋅(slope)\ell_P(f)+f^{(i)}_P\cdot(\text{slope})ℓP​(f)+fP(i)​⋅(slope), not latencies, and its used paths can have different latencies. The proof must go through the optimality of fff for the modified program (G,r,ℓˉ)(G,r,\bar\ell)(G,r,ℓˉ), and that needs both the convexity of x⋅ℓe(x)x\cdot\ell_e(x)x⋅ℓe​(x) and a comparison between the change of agent iii's cost and the change of the ℓˉ\bar\ellℓˉ-cost under the same local move. The paper invokes a first-order optimality lemma (its Lemma 2.4) for ℓˉ\bar\ellℓˉ, which is not differentiable at fef_efe​; a formal proof has to handle one-sided derivatives or argue by convexity directly.

Formalization scope

  • Routes, not graphs. Paths are arbitrary 0/10/10/1 incidence columns with an owner map; the paper's simple-path families are one instance. The proof never uses graph structure. Two agents with the same source and destination have disjoint index sets of routes.
  • Latency hypotheses on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only: 0 ≤ ℓ j t for 0 ≤ t, MonotoneOn and ContinuousOn on Set.Ici 0, and ConvexOn ℝ (Set.Ici 0) (fun t => t * ℓ j t). Continuity replaces the differentiability of §2.1, as footnote 3 (p. 7) and §5.2 allow; this weakens a hypothesis.
  • Rates are positive (0 < rate i). The case of zero agents is allowed and trivial, as in the paper.
  • Nash equilibrium is the precise form printed on p. 19: each agent's part minimizes its cost among feasible flows that agree with fff on every other agent's paths. A deviating agent keeps its total at rir_iri​ and cannot change others' flows; the agent's cost is evaluated at the total edge flow of all agents.
  • No ratios. The theorem is the inequality C(f)≤C(f∗)C(f)\le C(f^*)C(f)≤C(f∗) for every f∗f^*f∗ feasible for 2r2r2r; no division by an optimal cost appears.
  • Feasible for 2r2r2r is wardropFeasible s (fun i => 2 * rate i).
  • The existence of a Nash flow (Rosen) is neither assumed nor claimed. A sorry-free check shows the definition is satisfiable: in the two-link Pigou network with one agent of rate 1 and latencies 111 and xxx, the flow (1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2) is a Nash flow.
  • A trivializing formalization is excluded: the equilibrium is not the Wardrop condition, deviations are restricted to the deviating agent's own feasible flows, and the theorem quantifies over every feasible comparison flow rather than over an assumed optimum.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones and the goal; a general lemma that a feasible flow minimizing a convex separable edge cost has no improving two-path move, and its converse; a proof that x↦ℓˉe(x) xx\mapsto\bar\ell_e(x)\,xx↦ℓˉe​(x)x is convex when x ℓe(x)x\,\ell_e(x)xℓe​(x) is.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, Journal of the ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • J. B. Rosen, Existence and Uniqueness of Equilibrium Points for Concave N-Person Games, Econometrica 33(3):520–534, 1965. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911749
  • F. Kelly and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 4. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 4: With Polynomial Latencies of Degree p and Nonnegative Coefficients the Cost of a Nash Flow Is at Most p + 1 Times the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network carrying a large population of users, each user picks a route that is fastest for itself given the congestion caused by everyone else. The resulting traffic pattern, a Wardrop or Nash equilibrium, need not minimize the total travel time: Braess's paradox shows that adding a road can make every user slower. Transportation science has modelled such equilibria since Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956), and the question of how much efficiency selfish behaviour costs was posed in computer science by Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (1999).

Roughgarden and Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing? (J. ACM, 2002) gave the first general answers for networks with many infinitesimal users. This mission formalizes the first of them, from §2.5 of the paper: when every edge latency is a polynomial of degree at most ppp with nonnegative coefficients, the total latency at equilibrium is at most p+1p+1p+1 times the optimum. The argument goes through the convex program of Beckmann et al., whose optimal solutions are exactly the equilibria (Dafermos and Sparrow, 1969).

Timeline. 1952: Wardrop states the equilibrium principle. 1956: Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten characterize equilibria as minimizers of a convex potential and prove existence. 1969: Dafermos and Sparrow reprove existence and essential uniqueness for general networks. 1999: Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou introduce the worst-case ratio between equilibrium and optimum. 2000–2002: Roughgarden and Tardos prove the bounds p+1p+1p+1 for polynomials (Corollary 2.8) and 4/34/34/3 for linear latencies. 2002–2003: Roughgarden shows the worst ratio for degree-ppp polynomials is Θ(p/ln⁡p)\Theta(p/\ln p)Θ(p/lnp), attained already on two parallel links.

Setting

An instance consists of finitely many edges eee, finitely many commodities i∈{1,…,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}i∈{1,…,k} and finitely many routes PPP. Each route is a set of edges, recorded by a 0/10/10/1 incidence matrix AAA (AeP=1A_{eP}=1AeP​=1 iff e∈Pe\in Pe∈P), and serves exactly one commodity; Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ is the set of routes serving commodity iii. Commodity iii has a rate ri>0r_i>0ri​>0.

A flow assigns a value fPf_PfP​ to each route. It induces the edge flows fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e}f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​ and is feasible if fP≥0f_P\ge0fP​≥0 for all PPP and ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}f_P=r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for all iii. Each edge has a latency function ℓe\ell_eℓe​, nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The latency of a route is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​) and the cost of a flow is

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP=∑eℓe(fe) fe.C(f)=\sum_P\ell_P(f)\,f_P=\sum_e\ell_e(f_e)\,f_e .C(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​=e∑​ℓe​(fe​)fe​.

A feasible flow is at Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1) if moving any amount δ∈[0,fP1]\delta\in[0,f_{P_1}]δ∈[0,fP1​​] of commodity iii from a used route P1P_1P1​ to another route P2∈PiP_2\in\mathcal P_iP2​∈Pi​ leaves P2P_2P2​ at least as slow, after the move, as P1P_1P1​ was before. Lemma 2.2 shows that this is the Wardrop condition: every route that carries flow has minimum latency among the routes of its commodity.

The Beckmann potential of a flow is Φ(f)=∑e∫0feℓe(t) dt\Phi(f)=\sum_e\int_0^{f_e}\ell_e(t)\,dtΦ(f)=∑e​∫0fe​​ℓe​(t)dt, the objective of the program (NLP2) of the paper.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.8

For latencies ℓe(x)=∑i=0pae,ixi\ell_e(x)=\sum_{i=0}^{p}a_{e,i}x^iℓe​(x)=∑i=0p​ae,i​xi with p≥1p\ge1p≥1 an integer and ae,i≥0a_{e,i}\ge0ae,i​≥0, every flow fff at Nash equilibrium and every feasible flow f∗f^*f∗ satisfy

C(f)≤(p+1) C(f∗).C(f)\le(p+1)\,C(f^*).C(f)≤(p+1)C(f∗).

This is the paper's ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1\rho(G,r,\ell)=C(f)/C(f^*)\le p+1ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1 written without division.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1)   ⟺  \iff⟺ the Wardrop condition.
  2. Proof of Lemma 2.6: the flows at Nash equilibrium are exactly the feasible minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ.
  3. Lemma 2.6: a Nash flow exists, and all Nash flows have the same cost.
  4. Corollary 2.7: if x ℓe(x)≤α∫0xℓe(t) dtx\,\ell_e(x)\le\alpha\int_0^x\ell_e(t)\,dtxℓe​(x)≤α∫0x​ℓe​(t)dt for every edge and every x>0x>0x>0, with α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, then
C(f)≤α C(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.C(f)\le\alpha\,C(f^*)\quad\text{for every Nash flow } f \text{ and feasible } f^* .C(f)≤αC(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.

Significance

The result. Corollary 2.8 was, according to the authors, the first bound of its kind for polynomial latencies (p. 11). It shows that for the latency functions used in practice (the Bureau of Public Roads function ℓ(x)=a+bx4\ell(x)=a+bx^4ℓ(x)=a+bx4 has p=4p=4p=4) uncoordinated routing loses at most a bounded factor, independent of the network size, the number of commodities and the rates. Corollary 2.7 isolates the mechanism: a single scalar property of each latency function, how far the cost xℓ(x)x\ell(x)xℓ(x) can exceed the potential ∫0xℓ\int_0^x\ell∫0x​ℓ, controls the efficiency loss of the whole network.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (and the bound p+1p+1p+1 has since been sharpened); none of them is machine-checked on the platform. The mission produces a reusable Lean development of nonatomic selfish routing: Definition 2.1 in its deviation form, its equivalence with the Wardrop condition, the Beckmann characterization of equilibria with an honest integral potential, existence and cost-uniqueness of equilibria, and the potential-based efficiency bound. The same layer is used by the companion missions on the bicriteria bound and the 4/34/34/3 bound for linear latencies.

Difficulty

The bound itself is a short chain of inequalities once the equilibrium is known to minimize the potential Φ\PhiΦ. That step is the substance: it requires showing that the Wardrop condition is a first-order optimality condition of a convex program over the polytope of feasible flows, with latencies that are only continuous, so Φ\PhiΦ is differentiable but its derivative may have kinks. Passing from Definition 2.1 (finite deviations) to the Wardrop condition needs a limit δ→0\delta\to0δ→0, which fails without continuity of the latencies. Mathlib has no Karush–Kuhn–Tucker theory for such programs, so the optimality characterization has to be built from first principles.

Formalization scope

  • Encoding. Edges, routes and commodities are Fin J, Fin R, Fin Sd. Edge flows, feasibility, the Wardrop condition and the potential Φ\PhiΦ are the published KellyStochasticNetworks.linkFlow, wardropFeasible, IsWardropEquilibrium and wardropObjective, reused unchanged.
  • Routes, not graphs. Routes are arbitrary 0/10/10/1 incidence columns rather than the simple sis_isi​–tit_iti​ paths of a graph, a generalization the paper's arguments never use. Two copies of one path serving two commodities are two routes.
  • Definition 2.1 is read with P1≠P2P_1\ne P_2P1​=P2​ and fP1>0f_{P_1}>0fP1​​>0. As printed, P1=P2P_1=P_2P1​=P2​ makes the condition fail for strictly increasing latencies, and fP1=0f_{P_1}=0fP1​​=0 forces unused routes to have the same latency as used ones; either reading would make Nash flows nonexistent in simple instances.
  • Latencies are nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only. Continuity replaces the paper's differentiability, as its footnote 3 allows; it also makes ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ a genuine integral.
  • Rates are positive. In Lemma 2.6's existence part every commodity must be served by a route, the route-encoding meaning of "an instance".
  • No ratios. Every bound ρ≤c\rho\le cρ≤c is stated as C(f)≤c C(f∗)C(f)\le c\,C(f^*)C(f)≤cC(f∗) for every feasible f∗f^*f∗, which is what each proof shows and which avoids division by a zero cost.
  • Polynomials share one degree bound p≥1p\ge1p≥1; leading coefficients may vanish; coefficients are required nonnegative for i≤pi\le pi≤p.

A statement in which Nash flows cannot exist (the literal Definition 2.1), or in which ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ is the junk value of a non-integrable function, would make the goal vacuous; the guards above rule both out, and the sorry-free check that two small instances admit Nash flows confirms it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular the first-order characterization of minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ over the feasible polytope, which is reusable for every potential game on flows.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, J. ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956 (RAND RM-1488). https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_memoranda/RM1488.html
  • S. C. Dafermos and F. T. Sparrow, The traffic assignment problem for a general network, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards 73B(2):91–118, 1969. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.073B.010
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Part II, 1:325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, J. Comput. System Sci. 67(2):341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00044-8
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 2: A Feasible Solution of the SDPs (7.7) Certifies That M Is Copositive, and the Test Is at Least as Strong as M = P + NResearch Paper

Copositive matrices and why they need certificates

A real symmetric matrix is copositive when its quadratic form is nonnegative on the nonnegative orthant. Copositive matrices appear wherever a quadratic objective meets sign constraints: standard quadratic programs over the simplex, linear complementarity problems, and conic reformulations of combinatorial problems such as the stability number of a graph. Parrilo's §7.5 (Math. Program. 96 (2003) 293–320) gives an example: if CCC is copositive and Q−ATCA⪰γIQ - A^TCA \succeq \gamma IQ−ATCA⪰γI, then γ\gammaγ is a lower bound on min⁡{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}\min\{x^TQx : Ax \ge 0,\ x^Tx = 1\}min{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}.

Deciding copositivity is hard. Murty and Kabadi (Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129) showed that checking whether a given integer matrix is not copositive is NP-complete, so the exact tests based on principal minors take an exponential number of operations in the worst case. Efficiently checkable sufficient conditions are therefore what applications use.

Timeline:

  • 1962. Diananda (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58) studies the decomposition of a matrix as positive semidefinite plus elementwise nonnegative, condition (7.6) below, which is sufficient for copositivity and also necessary for n≤4n \le 4n≤4.
  • 1977. Choi and Lam (Math. Ann. 231) relate this decomposition to sums of squares of quartic forms (their Lemma 3.5).
  • 1987. Murty and Kabadi prove the NP-completeness result above.
  • 2000–2003. Parrilo's thesis and the 2003 paper introduce a hierarchy of semidefinite programming tests, one level per degree rrr, of which (7.6) is level 000; Theorem 7.7 makes level 111 explicit.
  • 2002. De Klerk and Pasechnik (SIAM J. Optim. 12) use this hierarchy to approximate the stability number of a graph.

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0 and a real symmetric matrix M=(mij)∈Rn×nM = (m_{ij}) \in \mathbb R^{n\times n}M=(mij​)∈Rn×n. The matrix MMM is copositive if

xi≥0 for all i  ⟹  xTMx≥0.x_i \ge 0 \text{ for all } i \;\Longrightarrow\; x^T M x \ge 0 .xi​≥0 for all i⟹xTMx≥0.

For real variables z=(z1,…,zn)z = (z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) write z=[z12,…,zn2]T\mathbf z = [z_1^2, \dots, z_n^2]^Tz=[z12​,…,zn2​]T. Three polynomials in zzz are associated with MMM:

P(z):=zTMz=∑i,jmijzi2zj2,Pr(z)=(∑i=1nzi2)rP(z),P1(z):=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2.P(z) := \mathbf z^T M \mathbf z = \sum_{i,j} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2, \qquad P_r(z) = \Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^n z_i^2\Bigr)^r P(z), \qquad P_1(z) := \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2 z_k^2 .P(z):=zTMz=i,j∑​mij​zi2​zj2​,Pr​(z)=(i=1∑n​zi2​)rP(z),P1​(z):=i,j,k∑​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.

A form is positive semidefinite if it is nonnegative at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a polynomial is a sum of squares if it is a finite sum of squares of real polynomials. A matrix AAA satisfies A⪰0A \succeq 0A⪰0 if it is symmetric and xTAx≥0x^TAx \ge 0xTAx≥0 for all x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn.

The SDPs (7.7) ask for nnn symmetric matrices Λ1,…,Λn∈Sn\Lambda^1, \dots, \Lambda^n \in \mathcal S^nΛ1,…,Λn∈Sn, with entries Λjki=Λkji\Lambda^i_{jk} = \Lambda^i_{kj}Λjki​=Λkji​, such that

M−Λi⪰0,i=1,…,n,Λiii=0,i=1,…,n,Λjji+Λjij+Λijj=0,i≠j,Λjki+Λkij+Λijk≥0,i≠j≠k.\begin{aligned} M - \Lambda^i &\succeq 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{ii} &= 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{jj} + \Lambda^j_{ji} + \Lambda^j_{ij} &= 0, && i \ne j,\\ \Lambda^i_{jk} + \Lambda^j_{ki} + \Lambda^k_{ij} &\ge 0, && i \ne j \ne k . \end{aligned}M−ΛiΛiii​Λjji​+Λjij​+Λijj​Λjki​+Λkij​+Λijk​​⪰0,=0,=0,≥0,​​i=1,…,n,i=1,…,n,i=j,i=j=k.​

Condition (7.6) asks for a decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N with P⪰0P \succeq 0P⪰0 and nij≥0n_{ij} \ge 0nij​≥0 for all i,ji,ji,j.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.7

For every real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrix MMM,

(7.7) feasible  ⟹  (P1(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)  ⟹  (7.7) feasible.\text{(7.7) feasible} \;\Longrightarrow\; \bigl(P_1(z) \ge 0 \ \ \forall z \in \mathbb R^n\bigr) \ \text{and}\ M \text{ copositive}, \qquad\text{and}\qquad \text{(7.6)} \;\Longrightarrow\; \text{(7.7) feasible}.(7.7) feasible⟹(P1​(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)⟹(7.7) feasible.

The second implication is the paper's "this test is at least as powerful as condition (7.6)".

Milestones (all from §7.5, pp. 317–318)

  1. P1=PrP_1 = P_rP1​=Pr​ at r=1r = 1r=1: (∑kzk2)P(z)=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2\bigl(\sum_k z_k^2\bigr)P(z) = \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2(∑k​zk2​)P(z)=∑i,j,k​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.
  2. If Pr(z)≥0P_r(z) \ge 0Pr​(z)≥0 for all zzz, then P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all zzz.
  3. MMM is copositive if and only if P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all z∈Rnz \in \mathbb R^nz∈Rn.
  4. P(z)P(z)P(z) is a sum of squares if and only if condition (7.6) holds.
  5. If PiP_iPi​ is a sum of squares, then so is Pi+1P_{i+1}Pi+1​.

Significance

Theorem 7.7 turns copositivity at level r=1r = 1r=1 into a single semidefinite feasibility problem whose size is polynomial in nnn: nnn symmetric n×nn \times nn×n matrices, nnn semidefinite constraints and O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) linear ones. Its second half says that nothing is lost against the classical test (7.6): every matrix certified by the decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N is also certified by (7.7). The milestones place the result inside the hierarchy: certificates at any level rrr certify copositivity (milestones 2 and 3), and the sum-of-squares tests become weakly stronger as rrr grows (milestone 5), with (7.6) equivalent to the test at level 000 (milestone 4). This hierarchy underlies later SDP approximations of the copositive cone and of the stability number of a graph.

The paper prints no proof of Theorem 7.7. These statements are proved results of the literature; none of them is formalized in Mathlib or, as far as a search of the platform shows, elsewhere in Lean. The mission produces machine-checked statements and proofs of the level-111 test and of the structural facts about the hierarchy, built on the platform's published definition of copositivity.

Difficulty

The first half of Theorem 7.7 requires seeing a feasible point of (7.7) as a certificate for the polynomial P1P_1P1​: the semidefinite constraints control quadratic expressions in z\mathbf zz, while the linear constraints on the entries of Λ\LambdaΛ must account for every monomial zi2zj2zk2z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2zi2​zj2​zk2​ of degree six, grouped by which indices coincide. The bookkeeping over the three index patterns (all equal, two equal, all distinct) and over the superscript/subscript roles of Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ is where a careless argument loses a term. The second half asks, for an arbitrary decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N, for a point satisfying all nnn semidefinite constraints and all the linear equalities and inequalities of (7.7) at once. The obvious first idea of testing M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0 fails: positive semidefiniteness is sufficient for copositivity but far from necessary, since every elementwise nonnegative matrix is copositive.

Formalization scope

  • MMM is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ with a hypothesis M.IsSymm; nnn is arbitrary, including n=0n = 0n=0.
  • Copositivity is the published definition MurtyKabadi.Reduction.Copositive (Murty–Kabadi mission), xTMx≥0x^TMx \ge 0xTMx≥0 for every coordinatewise nonnegative xxx; it is not replaced by M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0.
  • PPP, PrP_rPr​ and P1P_1P1​ are elements of MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; P1P_1P1​ is defined by its own display, and its equality with PrP_rPr​ at r=1r = 1r=1 is a milestone.
  • "Positive semidefinite form" and "nonnegative" mean nonnegative evaluation at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; "sum of squares" is Mathlib's IsSumSq in the polynomial ring.
  • ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef. Λ\LambdaΛ is a family Fin n → Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, with Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ = Λ i j k; each Λi\Lambda^iΛi is required symmetric as on the page.
  • "i≠j≠ki \ne j \ne ki=j=k" is read as i,j,ki, j, ki,j,k pairwise distinct. Under the symmetry of the Λi\Lambda^iΛi and the third constraint, the extra constraints of the literal reading hold with equality, so both readings give the same feasible set.
  • "At least as powerful as condition (7.6)" is formalized as the implication (7.6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7.7) feasible.
  • The mission does not trivialize: the hypothesis of the goal is satisfiable (the identity matrix with Λ=0\Lambda = 0Λ=0 is feasible), the conclusion is copositivity on the orthant rather than a weaker or vacuous property, and the SDP is the paper's finite system with every constraint of (7.7) present.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on sums of squares in MvPolynomial (closure under multiplication, Gram-matrix representations of a quadratic form in monomials) and Gram-matrix arguments for forms that are even in every variable.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • K. G. Murty, S. N. Kabadi, Some NP-complete problems in quadratic and nonlinear programming, Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592948
  • P. H. Diananda, On non-negative forms in real variables some or all of which are non-negative, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58 (1962) 17–25. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036185
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, Extremal positive semidefinite forms, Math. Ann. 231 (1977) 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01360024
  • E. de Klerk, D. V. Pasechnik, Approximation of the stability number of a graph via copositive programming, SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2002) 875–892. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383248
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution 3: Under Multivariate Normal Demand the Centralized Expected Profit Decreases in Every Demand CorrelationResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that carries several substitutable products (brands of the same good, sizes of the same item) faces demands that are linked in two ways: a customer who finds the first-choice product out of stock may buy another one, and the first-choice demands themselves are statistically dependent. Inventory planners routinely assume multivariate normal demand and need to know how the dependence between demands affects what the assortment earns. In the single-product newsvendor and in classical risk-pooling arguments, positive correlation is known to hurt; with substitution it is not obvious, because substitution is itself a form of pooling whose value depends on whether two products run out together.

Netessine and Rudi (SSRN 303779, 2002; journal version in Operations Research 51(2), 2003) settle the question for the centralized model with an arbitrary number of products: under multivariate normal demand, the retailer's expected profit decreases in every demand correlation. The authors note that this effect had been observed numerically by Rajaram and Tang (working paper, UCLA, 1999) and Ernst and Kouvelis (1999) but not proved. They prove the analogous statement for each firm in the competitive model with stocking quantities held fixed.

Setting

There are nnn products. Product iii is stocked in quantity Qi≥0Q_i\ge 0Qi​≥0 at unit cost cic_ici​, sold at price rir_iri​, and salvaged at value sis_isi​, with ri>ci>si>0r_i>c_i>s_i>0ri​>ci​>si​>0. Write ui=ri−ciu_i=r_i-c_iui​=ri​−ci​ (underage cost) and oi=ci−sio_i=c_i-s_ioi​=ci​−si​ (overage cost). The substitution fraction aij∈[0,1]a_{ij}\in[0,1]aij​∈[0,1] is the share of the unmet demand for product iii that switches to product jjj; aii=0a_{ii}=0aii​=0 and ∑jaij<1\sum_j a_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1.

The first-choice demand is a random vector D=(D1,…,Dn)D=(D_1,\dots,D_n)D=(D1​,…,Dn​). The effective demand of product iii, after substitution from the other products, is

Dis=Di+∑j≠iaji (Dj−Qj)+,x+=max⁡(0,x).D^s_i = D_i + \sum_{j\ne i} a_{ji}\,(D_j-Q_j)^+ ,\qquad x^+=\max(0,x).Dis​=Di​+j=i∑​aji​(Dj​−Qj​)+,x+=max(0,x).

For one realization, product kkk earns

πk(D)=ukDks−uk(Dks−Qk)+−ok(Qk−Dks)+,\pi_k(D) = u_kD^s_k - u_k(D^s_k-Q_k)^+ - o_k(Q_k-D^s_k)^+ ,πk​(D)=uk​Dks​−uk​(Dks​−Qk​)+−ok​(Qk​−Dks​)+,

and a single centralized company owning all products earns π(D)=∑kπk(D)\pi(D)=\sum_k\pi_k(D)π(D)=∑k​πk​(D). The expected profits are π(Q)=E π(D)\pi(Q)=\mathbb E\,\pi(D)π(Q)=Eπ(D) (the paper's equation (1)) and πk(Q)=E πk(D)\pi_k(Q)=\mathbb E\,\pi_k(D)πk​(Q)=Eπk​(D) (equation (9), the profit of firm kkk when each product is owned by a separate firm).

In this mission D∼N(m,Σ)D\sim N(m,\Sigma)D∼N(m,Σ) is multivariate normal with mean m∈Rnm\in\mathbb R^nm∈Rn and positive semidefinite covariance matrix Σ=(σij)\Sigma=(\sigma_{ij})Σ=(σij​). The correlation of products i≠ji\ne ji=j is ρij=σij/σiiσjj\rho_{ij}=\sigma_{ij}/\sqrt{\sigma_{ii}\sigma_{jj}}ρij​=σij​/σii​σjj​​. Raising ρij\rho_{ij}ρij​ means passing from Σ1\Sigma^1Σ1 to Σ2\Sigma^2Σ2 where σij2=σji2≥σij1=σji1\sigma^2_{ij}=\sigma^2_{ji}\ge\sigma^1_{ij}=\sigma^1_{ji}σij2​=σji2​≥σij1​=σji1​ and every other entry, in particular every variance, is unchanged.

A function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is supermodular if f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∨y)+f(x∧y)f(x)+f(y)\le f(x\vee y)+f(x\wedge y)f(x)+f(y)≤f(x∨y)+f(x∧y) for the componentwise maximum and minimum, and submodular if −f-f−f is supermodular. A random vector D1D^1D1 is smaller than D2D^2D2 in the supermodular order, D1≤smD2D^1\le_{sm}D^2D1≤sm​D2, if Ef(D1)≤Ef(D2)\mathbb Ef(D^1)\le\mathbb Ef(D^2)Ef(D1)≤Ef(D2) for every supermodular fff whose expectations exist.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 7)

For Σ2\Sigma^2Σ2 obtained from Σ1\Sigma^1Σ1 by raising one covariance σij\sigma_{ij}σij​, i≠ji\ne ji=j,

πΣ2(Q)≤πΣ1(Q)for every Q≥0,\pi^{\Sigma^2}(Q)\le\pi^{\Sigma^1}(Q)\quad\text{for every } Q\ge 0,πΣ2(Q)≤πΣ1(Q)for every Q≥0,

and, for every maximizer Q1Q^1Q1 of πΣ1\pi^{\Sigma^1}πΣ1 and every maximizer Q2Q^2Q2 of πΣ2\pi^{\Sigma^2}πΣ2 over Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0,

πΣ2(Q2)≤πΣ1(Q1).\pi^{\Sigma^2}(Q^2)\le\pi^{\Sigma^1}(Q^1).πΣ2(Q2)≤πΣ1(Q1).

These are the two readings of "stocking quantities held fixed or adjusted optimally".

Milestones

  1. The effective demand h(D)=Di+∑j≠iaji(Dj−Qj)+h(D)=D_i+\sum_{j\ne i}a_{ji}(D_j-Q_j)^+h(D)=Di​+∑j=i​aji​(Dj​−Qj​)+ is a valuation (both super- and submodular).
  2. D↦min⁡(h(D),Qi)D\mapsto\min(h(D),Q_i)D↦min(h(D),Qi​) is submodular.
  3. The realized profit π(D)=∑i[(ui+oi)min⁡(Dis,Qi)−oiQi]\pi(D)=\sum_i[(u_i+o_i)\min(D^s_i,Q_i)-o_iQ_i]π(D)=∑i​[(ui​+oi​)min(Dis​,Qi​)−oi​Qi​], and each πk(D)\pi_k(D)πk​(D), is submodular in DDD.
  4. (Müller and Scarsini, quoted on p. 7) If σii1=σii2\sigma^1_{ii}=\sigma^2_{ii}σii1​=σii2​ and σij1≤σij2\sigma^1_{ij}\le\sigma^2_{ij}σij1​≤σij2​ for all i,ji,ji,j, then
N(m,Σ1)≤smN(m,Σ2).N(m,\Sigma^1)\le_{sm}N(m,\Sigma^2).N(m,Σ1)≤sm​N(m,Σ2).
  1. (Proposition 5, p. 10) For every firm kkk and every fixed Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0, πkΣ2(Q)≤πkΣ1(Q)\pi_k^{\Sigma^2}(Q)\le\pi_k^{\Sigma^1}(Q)πkΣ2​(Q)≤πkΣ1​(Q).

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 says that, under normal demand, positive dependence between substitutable products is costly to the retailer whatever the substitution pattern, the number of products, and the cost parameters, and that re-optimizing the stocking levels cannot undo this. It turns an empirical regularity of numerical studies into a structural statement, and it gives a reason to prefer assortments of products whose demands are less correlated. Proposition 5 gives the same conclusion for each competing firm when stocking quantities are fixed; the paper does not claim it when firms re-optimize, since equilibrium quantities move in ways that need not favour every firm.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, partly by citation: the comparison of normal laws in the supermodular order is a theorem of Müller and Scarsini that is quoted, not proved, there. No machine-checked version of that comparison is known on the platform: the existing Slepian and Sudakov–Fernique comparisons concern expected suprema and tail probabilities, not expectations of arbitrary supermodular functions. A formal proof of milestone 4 would therefore be reusable well beyond inventory theory, wherever supermodular functionals of Gaussian vectors are compared (portfolio risk, dependence orderings, stop-loss premiums).

Difficulty

The deterministic steps (milestones 1–3) are elementary lattice arguments. The difficulty is milestone 4. The natural route is Gaussian interpolation: connect the two laws through N(m,(1−t)Σ1+tΣ2)N(m,(1-t)\Sigma^1+t\Sigma^2)N(m,(1−t)Σ1+tΣ2) and differentiate Ef\mathbb EfEf in ttt. That argument needs fff twice differentiable with controlled growth, while the statement must hold for every supermodular fff that is merely integrable under the two endpoint laws, such as the piecewise-linear profits of this model, and for singular covariance matrices. Passing from smooth to general supermodular functions, without assuming integrability along the interpolation path, is where the work lies. The paper's own route to the "adjusted optimally" clause, a total derivative dπ/dρijd\pi/d\rho_{ij}dπ/dρij​ along a differentiable optimal path, presumes a smoothness of the optimizer that is not available, since the expected profit need not be concave in QQQ; the goal is stated as a comparison of optimal values, which avoids it.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in DemandSubstitution.Correlation. Products are indexed by Fin n, 0-based. The model data and the standing assumptions ri>ci>si>0r_i>c_i>s_i>0ri​>ci​>si​>0, aij∈[0,1]a_{ij}\in[0,1]aij​∈[0,1], aii=0a_{ii}=0aii​=0, ∑jaij<1\sum_ja_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1 form a structure Model n; uiu_iui​ and oio_ioi​ are definitions. The paper's §2 assumption that demand is continuous with positive support is dropped, as the paper drops it: a normal law charges negative demands. N(m,Σ)N(m,\Sigma)N(m,Σ) is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), pushed forward to Fin n → ℝ; every statement assumes both covariance matrices positive semidefinite, because Mathlib's construction returns a Dirac mass otherwise. Correlations are encoded through covariances with fixed variances, which is equivalent to raising ρij\rho_{ij}ρij​. "Decreasing" is weak. Expectations are Bochner integrals; the profit integrands are Lipschitz and integrable under every normal law, and this integrability is to be proved, not assumed. Supermodularity and the supermodular order reuse the platform definitions SupermodularOn and SupermodularOrder.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the Müller–Scarsini comparison is a milestone theorem, never a hypothesis of the goal or of Proposition 5, and the "adjusted optimally" clause quantifies over every pair of maximizers, not over one chosen optimizer.

Contributions welcome: integrability of Lipschitz functions under multivariateGaussian; Gaussian interpolation for supermodular functions; the supermodular comparison itself, which would be reusable on its own.

Selected references

  • S. Netessine and N. Rudi, Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution, Simon School Working Paper OP 02-01, 2002, SSRN 303779. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.303779 (published in Operations Research 51(2):329–335, 2003, https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.2.329.12788)
  • A. Müller and M. Scarsini, Some remarks on the supermodular order, Journal of Multivariate Analysis 73(1):107–119, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1006/jmva.1999.1867
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • K. Rajaram and C. S. Tang, The impact of product substitution on retail merchandising, working paper, University of California, Los Angeles, 1999 (reference [16] of the source; no stable link).
  • D. M. Topkis, Minimizing a submodular function on a lattice, Operations Research 26(2):305–321, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.2.305
  • R. Ernst and P. Kouvelis, The effects of selling packaged goods on inventory decisions, Management Science 45(8):1142–1155, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.8.1142
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization II: Points of a Product of Quadratic and Rotated Cones Are Complementary Iff Their Arrow-Head Products VanishResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic quadratic optimization (also called second-order cone programming) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of quadratic cones. It contains linear programming, convex quadratically constrained programming, robust linear programming with ellipsoidal uncertainty and many problems from engineering design; see Lobo, Vandenberghe, Boyd and Lebret (1998). Primal–dual interior-point methods solve these problems in practice; E. D. Andersen, C. Roos and T. Terlaky describe one such method, and an implementation of it linked to the MOSEK optimizer, in On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization (Math. Program., 2003).

A primal–dual method needs the optimality condition "the duality gap is zero" in a form that can be relaxed into a central path and linearized by Newton's method. For linear programming that form is the componentwise product xjsj=0x_js_j=0xj​sj​=0. For quadratic cones the scalar condition xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 is not componentwise, and the paper's Lemma 3.1 gives the replacement: a block-wise system built from arrow-head matrices. This mission formalizes that lemma and the facts its proof uses.

Setting

A vector v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn is written v=(v1,…,vn)v=(v_1,\dots,v_n)v=(v1​,…,vn​) and v2:n=(v2,…,vn)v_{2:n}=(v_2,\dots,v_n)v2:n​=(v2​,…,vn​); ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The paper works with three cones (Definition 3.1):

R+={x≥0},Kq={x∈Rn:x12≥∥x2:n∥2, x1≥0},Kr={x∈Rn:2x1x2≥∥x3:n∥2, x1,x2≥0},\mathbb R_+=\{x\ge 0\},\qquad K^q=\{x\in\mathbb R^n: x_1^2\ge\|x_{2:n}\|^2,\ x_1\ge0\},\qquad K^r=\{x\in\mathbb R^n: 2x_1x_2\ge\|x_{3:n}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\},R+​={x≥0},Kq={x∈Rn:x12​≥∥x2:n​∥2, x1​≥0},Kr={x∈Rn:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:n​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0},

the nonnegative half-line, the quadratic cone and the rotated quadratic cone. The cone of the problem is a product K=K1×⋯×KkK=K^1\times\cdots\times K^kK=K1×⋯×Kk of such cones, of dimensions n1,…,nkn^1,\dots,n^kn1,…,nk, and a point is partitioned accordingly, x=(x1;… ;xk)x=(x^1;\dots;x^k)x=(x1;…;xk); xTs=∑i(xi)Tsix^Ts=\sum_i(x^i)^Ts^ixTs=∑i​(xi)Tsi.

To each cone the paper attaches two matrices (Definition 3.2): Ti=Qi=1T^i=Q^i=1Ti=Qi=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​; Ti=IT^i=ITi=I and Qi=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q^i=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Qi=diag(1,−1,…,−1) for KqK^qKq; and for KrK^rKr, TiT^iTi is the identity except for the leading block 12(111−1)\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{pmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{pmatrix}2​1​(11​1−1​), while QiQ^iQi is −I-I−I except for the leading block (0110)\begin{pmatrix}0&1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}(01​10​). The arrow-head matrix of a vector is

mat⁡(v)=(v1v2:nTv2:nv1I),\operatorname{mat}(v)=\begin{pmatrix}v_1&v_{2:n}^T\\ v_{2:n}&v_1I\end{pmatrix},mat(v)=(v1​v2:n​​v2:nT​v1​I​),

and Xi=mat⁡(Tixi)X^i=\operatorname{mat}(T^ix^i)Xi=mat(Tixi), Si=mat⁡(Tisi)S^i=\operatorname{mat}(T^is^i)Si=mat(Tisi); eie^iei is the first unit vector of Rni\mathbb R^{n^i}Rni.

For the companion statements the paper defines μ=(xTs+τκ)/(k+1)\mu=(x^Ts+\tau\kappa)/(k+1)μ=(xTs+τκ)/(k+1) and the neighbourhood

N(β)={(x,τ,s,κ):(x;τ),(s;κ)∈K×R+, min⁡i(xi)TQixi (si)TQisi≥βμ, τκ≥βμ}.\mathcal N(\beta)=\Bigl\{(x,\tau,s,\kappa):(x;\tau),(s;\kappa)\in K\times\mathbb R_+,\ \min_i\sqrt{(x^i)^TQ^ix^i\,(s^i)^TQ^is^i}\ge\beta\mu,\ \tau\kappa\ge\beta\mu\Bigr\}.N(β)={(x,τ,s,κ):(x;τ),(s;κ)∈K×R+​, imin​(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi​≥βμ, τκ≥βμ}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3.1 (p. 9)

For x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K,

xTs=0  ⟺  XiSiei=SiXiei=0(i=1,…,k).x^Ts=0\iff X^iS^ie^i=S^iX^ie^i=0\quad(i=1,\dots,k).xTs=0⟺XiSiei=SiXiei=0(i=1,…,k).

This is the paper's exact statement; it fixes no constants and covers every mixture of the three cone types.

Milestones

  1. QiQi=IQ^iQ^i=IQiQi=I and TiTi=IT^iT^i=ITiTi=I, with QiQ^iQi, TiT^iTi symmetric (p. 9).
  2. Kq={x:xTQx≥0, x1≥0}K^q=\{x:x^TQx\ge0,\ x_1\ge0\}Kq={x:xTQx≥0, x1​≥0} and Kr={x:xTQx≥0, x1,x2≥0}K^r=\{x:x^TQx\ge0,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:xTQx≥0, x1​,x2​≥0} (p. 9).
  3. For the rotated cone's TTT: x∈Kq  ⟺  Tx∈Krx\in K^q\iff Tx\in K^rx∈Kq⟺Tx∈Kr (p. 9).
  4. x∈Kx\in Kx∈K implies Tixi∈KqT^ix^i\in K^qTixi∈Kq for every block (Appendix, p. 36).
  5. Identity (61): (ei)TXiSiei=(Tixi)TTisi=(xi)Tsi(e^i)^TX^iS^ie^i=(T^ix^i)^TT^is^i=(x^i)^Ts^i(ei)TXiSiei=(Tixi)TTisi=(xi)Tsi, hence eTXSe=xTse^TXSe=x^TseTXSe=xTs.
  6. The explicit form of (20) for one block: (xi)Tsi=0(x^i)^Ts^i=0(xi)Tsi=0 and (Tixi)1(Tisi)2:n+(Tisi)1(Tixi)2:n=0(T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_{2:n}+(T^is^i)_1(T^ix^i)_{2:n}=0(Tixi)1​(Tisi)2:n​+(Tisi)1​(Tixi)2:n​=0 (p. 36).
  7. For x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K: xTs=∑i(Tixi)TTisi≥∑i((Tixi)1(Tisi)1−∥(Tixi)2:n∥∥(Tisi)2:n∥)≥∑i(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi≥0x^Ts=\sum_i(T^ix^i)^TT^is^i\ge\sum_i\bigl((T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_1-\|(T^ix^i)_{2:n}\|\|(T^is^i)_{2:n}\|\bigr)\ge\sum_i\sqrt{(x^i)^TQ^ix^i(s^i)^TQ^is^i}\ge0xTs=∑i​(Tixi)TTisi≥∑i​((Tixi)1​(Tisi)1​−∥(Tixi)2:n​∥∥(Tisi)2:n​∥)≥∑i​(xi)TQixi(si)TQisi​≥0 (pp. 36–37).
  8. If xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 and (Tixi)1,(Tisi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1,(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​,(Tisi)1​=0, then (xi)TQixi=(si)TQisi=0(x^i)^TQ^ix^i=(s^i)^TQ^is^i=0(xi)TQixi=(si)TQisi=0 and (Tixi)1(Tisi)1=∥(Tixi)2:n∥∥(Tisi)2:n∥(T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_1=\|(T^ix^i)_{2:n}\|\|(T^is^i)_{2:n}\|(Tixi)1​(Tisi)1​=∥(Tixi)2:n​∥∥(Tisi)2:n​∥ (p. 37).
  9. If (xi)Tsi=0(x^i)^Ts^i=0(xi)Tsi=0 and (Tixi)1,(Tisi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1,(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​,(Tisi)1​=0, then (Tixi)2:n=α(Tisi)2:n(T^ix^i)_{2:n}=\alpha(T^is^i)_{2:n}(Tixi)2:n​=α(Tisi)2:n​ with α=−(Tixi)1/(Tisi)1\alpha=-(T^ix^i)_1/(T^is^i)_1α=−(Tixi)1​/(Tisi)1​, and (20) holds for block iii (p. 37).
  10. Lemma 3.2 ii) (p. 11): a point of N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1) has XiSiei=μeiX^iS^ie^i=\mu e^iXiSiei=μei and τκ=μ\tau\kappa=\muτκ=μ.
  11. §6.1 (pp. 28–29): the starting point xi(0)=si(0)=Tie1ix^{i(0)}=s^{i(0)}=T^ie^i_1xi(0)=si(0)=Tie1i​, τ(0)=κ(0)=1\tau^{(0)}=\kappa^{(0)}=1τ(0)=κ(0)=1 lies in N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1).

Significance

Lemma 3.1 is what makes a primal–dual method for conic quadratic problems possible in the familiar form: replacing XiSiei=0X^iS^ie^i=0XiSiei=0 by XiSiei=γμeiX^iS^ie^i=\gamma\mu e^iXiSiei=γμei gives the central path (21), and linearizing it gives the Newton system the paper analyses in §4. Lemma 3.2 ii) identifies N(1)\mathcal N(1)N(1) with that central path, and the §6.1 statement shows the algorithm starts on it. The arrow-head product XiSieiX^iS^ie^iXiSiei is the Jordan product of the Lorentz cone's Euclidean Jordan algebra, so the lemma is also the concrete, coordinate form of complementarity in that algebra (Alizadeh and Goldfarb, 2003).

The lemma is proved in the paper's Appendix and is classical; the mission's contribution is a machine-checked version. To our knowledge no proof assistant library contains complementarity for quadratic or rotated quadratic cones, the rotated-cone transformation, or the arrow-head matrix. The statements here are not yet proved anywhere in Lean.

Difficulty

The forward direction is an identity, (61). The converse is where the work is: xTs=0x^Ts=0xTs=0 is one scalar equation, yet it must force nin^ini equations per block. The argument needs a reverse Cauchy–Schwarz bound inside each quadratic cone, an equality-case analysis that splits on whether a leading coordinate vanishes, and the reduction of the rotated cone to the quadratic one through TTT. A block-by-block argument fails without first showing that each (xi)Tsi(x^i)^Ts^i(xi)Tsi is nonnegative, since only the sum is known to vanish. In Lean, the arithmetic of 1/21/\sqrt21/2​ in TTT and the index bookkeeping of v2:nv_{2:n}v2:n​ inside Fin n add their own friction.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ; the paper's x1x_1x1​ is index 0 and x2x_2x2​ is index 1, read through coord v r. The Euclidean tails are written out as sums, tailSq v 1 =∥v2:n∥2=\|v_{2:n}\|^2=∥v2:n​∥2 and tailSq v 2 =∥v3:n∥2=\|v_{3:n}\|^2=∥v3:n​∥2; Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ is the sup norm and is never used. Points of KKK are stored block by block, x : (i : Fin k) → Fin (n i) → ℝ, with a cone kind kind i ∈ {nonneg, quad, rot} per block; xTsx^TsxTs is ∑ixi⋅si\sum_i x^i\cdot s^i∑i​xi⋅si, and the block-diagonal XXX, SSS are represented by their blocks. Tmat, Qmat, arrow and e1 are defined entrywise from (16)–(19) and p. 9.

Standing assumptions and additions:

  • The paper never states block dimensions; every theorem assumes WellFormed: ni=1n^i=1ni=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, ni≥1n^i\ge1ni≥1 for KqK^qKq, ni≥2n^i\ge2ni≥2 for KrK^rKr (the rotated cone needs x1x_1x1​ and x2x_2x2​).
  • "x,s∈Kx,s\in Kx,s∈K" is taken literally; KKK is self-dual, so no separate dual cone is introduced.
  • The milestones 8 and 9 carry the page's case hypotheses (Tixi)1≠0(T^ix^i)_1\ne0(Tixi)1​=0, (Tisi)1≠0(T^is^i)_1\ne0(Tisi)1​=0.
  • The printed upper limit nnn in (61) is read as kkk; "(x; τ), (s; κ) ∈ N(1)" in Lemma 3.2 ii) is read as (x,τ,s,κ)∈N(1)(x,\tau,s,\kappa)\in\mathcal N(1)(x,τ,s,κ)∈N(1).

The goal is stated with arrow and Tmat, not with the unfolded vector ((Tixi)TTisi; (Tixi)1(Tisi)2:n+(Tisi)1(Tixi)2:n)((T^ix^i)^TT^is^i;\ (T^ix^i)_1(T^is^i)_{2:n}+(T^is^i)_1(T^ix^i)_{2:n})((Tixi)TTisi; (Tixi)1​(Tisi)2:n​+(Tisi)1​(Tixi)2:n​): replacing the arrow-head matrices by that vector, or dropping the rotated cone, would remove the content the lemma is about. Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on tailSq (Cauchy–Schwarz for tails, its equality case) and on the arrow-head matrix.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003), 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • M. S. Lobo, L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, H. Lebret, Applications of second-order cone programming, Linear Algebra and its Applications 284 (1998), 193–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0024-3795(98)10032-0
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998), 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization I: Solutions of the Homogeneous Model Are Complementary and Give an Optimal Pair or an Infeasibility CertificateResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic optimization minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a closed convex cone. Linear programming (the nonnegative orthant), second-order cone programming (products of quadratic cones) and semidefinite programming (the positive semidefinite cone) are all instances. Primal–dual interior-point methods are the standard algorithms for these problems, and production solvers for conic quadratic optimization, such as the MOSEK solver described by Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (Math. Program. 95 (2003)), are built on them.

The classical primal–dual method assumes that both the primal and the dual problem have strictly feasible points. A practical solver cannot assume this: it must also recognize infeasible problems and return a certificate. The device that handles this is the homogeneous model, introduced by Goldman and Tucker for linear programming (1956) and used in interior-point form by Ye, Todd and Mizuno (Math. Oper. Res. 19 (1994)). The model embeds the primal–dual pair into a larger homogeneous system that always has solutions; a solution with a positive homogenizing variable yields an optimal pair, and one with a positive slack variable yields an infeasibility certificate. Section 2 of Andersen, Roos and Terlaky states this generalization to an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and this mission formalizes it.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA \in \mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc \in \mathbb R^nc∈Rn, and let K⊆RnK \subseteq \mathbb R^nK⊆Rn be a pointed closed convex cone: closed, convex, closed under multiplication by nonnegative scalars, and pointed, K∩(−K)={0}K \cap (-K) = \{0\}K∩(−K)={0} (it contains 000, and x∈Kx \in Kx∈K and −x∈K-x \in K−x∈K imply x=0x = 0x=0). Its dual cone is

K∗:={ s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K }.K_* := \{\, s \in \mathbb R^n : s^Tx \ge 0 \text{ for all } x \in K \,\}.K∗​:={s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K}.

The primal problem is (P)(P)(P): minimize cTxc^TxcTx subject to Ax=bAx = bAx=b, x∈Kx \in Kx∈K. The dual problem is (D)(D)(D): maximize bTyb^TybTy subject to ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​. A point satisfying the constraints is feasible; a feasible point is optimal if no feasible point has a better objective value; a problem without feasible points is infeasible. (P)(P)(P) is strictly feasible if some xxx with Ax=bAx = bAx=b lies in the interior of KKK, and (D)(D)(D) if some (y,s)(y,s)(y,s) with ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c has sss in the interior of K∗K_*K∗​.

The homogeneous model (7) of the paper asks for (x,τ,y,s,κ)(x, \tau, y, s, \kappa)(x,τ,y,s,κ) with

Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0,Ax - b\tau = 0,\qquad A^Ty + s - c\tau = 0,\qquad -c^Tx + b^Ty - \kappa = 0,Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0, x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗, κ≥0.x \in K,\ \tau \ge 0,\qquad s \in K_*,\ \kappa \ge 0.x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗​, κ≥0.

The quantity xTs+τκx^Ts + \tau\kappaxTs+τκ is its complementarity gap. In the Lean development these objects are dualCone, PrimalFeasible, DualFeasible, PrimalOptimal, DualOptimal, PrimalInfeasible, DualInfeasible and HomFeasible, all in the namespace ConicQuadIPM.Homogeneous.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.1 (p. 6)

For every solution (x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗)(x^*, \tau^*, y^*, s^*, \kappa^*)(x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗) of (7):

(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0;\text{(i)}\quad (x^*)^Ts^* + \tau^*\kappa^* = 0;(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0; (ii)τ∗>0  ⟹  x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D);\text{(ii)}\quad \tau^* > 0 \implies x^*/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (P) \text{ and } (y^*, s^*)/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (D);(ii)τ∗>0⟹x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D); (iii)κ∗>0  ⟹  bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.\text{(iii)}\quad \kappa^* > 0 \implies b^Ty^* > 0 \ \text{or}\ c^Tx^* < 0;\ \ b^Ty^* > 0 \Rightarrow (P) \text{ infeasible};\ \ c^Tx^* < 0 \Rightarrow (D) \text{ infeasible}.(iii)κ∗>0⟹bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1, weak duality (p. 4): for feasible xxx and (y,s)(y,s)(y,s), cTx−bTy=xTs≥0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts \ge 0cTx−bTy=xTs≥0.
  2. Lemma 2.1 i) on its own.
  3. Theorem 2.1, primal infeasibility (5): s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​, ATy+s=0A^Ty + s = 0ATy+s=0, bTy>0b^Ty > 0bTy>0 imply that (P)(P)(P) is infeasible.
  4. Theorem 2.1, dual infeasibility (6): x∈Kx \in Kx∈K, Ax=0Ax = 0Ax=0, cTx<0c^Tx < 0cTx<0 imply that (D)(D)(D) is infeasible.
  5. From the proof of Lemma 2.1: κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 forces bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0.
  6. (10): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, then bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0, s∗∈K∗s^* \in K_*s∗∈K∗​.
  7. (11): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, then cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0, x∗∈Kx^* \in Kx∗∈K.
  8. Theorem 2.1, strong duality (p. 4): if one side is strictly feasible with a bounded objective, then (x,y,s)(x, y, s)(x,y,s) is optimal if and only if it is feasible with cTx−bTy=xTs=0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts = 0cTx−bTy=xTs=0.

Significance

Lemma 2.1 is the correctness statement behind every homogeneous-model interior-point solver for conic problems: whatever solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 the algorithm approaches, it is either a scaled optimal primal–dual pair or a certificate of primal or dual infeasibility. Parts (iii) and the certificates (5)–(6) are the conic Farkas-type alternatives on which infeasibility reporting rests. The paper also notes the limit of the statement: for conic problems a solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 need not exist (a feasible conic quadratic pair with a nonzero duality gap is an example), unlike in linear programming.

The results are classical and proved on paper; the strong-duality part is cited from the literature rather than proved in the source. Linear-programming versions of the homogeneous-model properties exist as formal statements on the platform (from Ye–Todd–Mizuno, Vanderbei and Matoušek), but those concern the nonnegative orthant only. This mission states the general conic version over an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and the weak-duality and certificate statements it introduces are reusable by any later conic formalization.

Difficulty

Parts (i) and (ii) and the certificates are short arguments from the definitions; the formal work is in handling the cone axioms and the bilinear algebra cleanly. The step that is easy to overlook is in (iii): the identities ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0 in (10) and Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0 in (11) do not follow from the equations of (7) alone, because the terms cτ∗c\tau^*cτ∗ and bτ∗b\tau^*bτ∗ are present; the paper passes over this point. The strong-duality milestone is of a different order: it is a genuine conic duality theorem, cited rather than proved in the source, and it fails without the Slater-type hypothesis (feasible conic quadratic pairs with a nonzero duality gap exist).

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, uTvu^TvuTv is u ⬝ᵥ v, AxAxAx is A *ᵥ x and ATyA^TyATy is Aᵀ *ᵥ y; the paper's first coordinate is index 0. The standing assumption that KKK is a pointed closed convex cone is the hypothesis IsPointedClosedConvexCone K on every theorem, even where a proof uses less. The paper's further assumption that AAA has full row rank is stated "for convenience and without loss of generality" and is not used in any of these results; it is dropped, which makes every statement a generalization. A nonempty interior of KKK is not assumed, and no milestone except strong duality mentions interiors; there, interiors are topological interiors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Optimality is a predicate (feasible, and at least as good as every feasible point), never a value defined through an infimum or supremum, and infeasibility is the non-existence of a feasible point. Division by τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is scalar multiplication by (τ∗)−1(\tau^*)^{-1}(τ∗)−1 under τ∗>0\tau^* > 0τ∗>0.

A trivializing reading is excluded: part (ii) must conclude optimality of both the primal and the dual point against all feasible points, and part (iii) must conclude that the relevant problem has no feasible point, not merely the sign condition; the milestones (10) and (11) assume only κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and the respective inequality, never τ∗=0\tau^* = 0τ∗=0.

All definitions live in one module, Definitions.Def_ConicQuadIPM_Homogeneous_Setting. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of conic strong duality in this standard form (the platform's Lagrangian conic Slater theorem may help), and reuse of weak duality and the certificates in later conic missions.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • A. J. Goldman, A. W. Tucker, Theory of linear programming, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, Princeton University Press, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987-005
  • Y. Ye, M. J. Todd, S. Mizuno, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L)-iteration homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm, Mathematics of Operations Research 19 (1994) 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.19.1.53
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 3: With Random Right-Hand Side and Known Dual Extreme Points, the Problem Equals the Semidefinite Program (14)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs model a decision xxx taken before uncertainty is revealed, followed by a corrective recourse action once it is. The classical model needs the full probability distribution of the uncertain data, which in practice is rarely known; often only estimates of the mean and the second moments are available, and the computed plan can be sensitive to the distribution assumed. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach replaces the single distribution by the class of all distributions with given first and second moments and optimizes against the worst member of that class. Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine this with risk aversion, through a piecewise-linear disutility of the second-stage cost, and determine which instances can be solved as semidefinite programs.

When the randomness sits in the right-hand side of the second stage, the paper shows that the problem is NP-hard in general (Theorem 3.1). This mission concerns the tractable special case that follows (§3.2): if the extreme points of the dual feasible region of the recourse problem are known, the whole minimax problem is one semidefinite program.

Setting

A first-stage decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is feasible if x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0}x\in X=\{x : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0} and costs c′xc'xc′x. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n, a constant cost vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd and a realized right-hand side h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the second-stage cost is written as the optimal value of the dual of the recourse linear program,

Q(h,x)=max⁡p (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{p}\ (h-Tx)'p\quad\text{s.t.}\quad W'p\le q .Q(h,x)=pmax​ (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.

Risk aversion enters through the disutility U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0. The right-hand side h~\tilde hh~ is random, and its distribution is only known to lie in the moment class

P={P:EP[h~]=μ, EP[h~h~′]=Q}.\mathcal P=\{P : \mathbb E_P[\tilde h]=\mu,\ \mathbb E_P[\tilde h\tilde h']=Q\}.P={P:EP​[h~]=μ, EP​[h~h~′]=Q}.

The worst-case expected disutility is Z^(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(h~,x))]\hat Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))]Z^(x)=supP∈P​EP​[U(Q(h~,x))], and the problem is

Z=min⁡x∈X(c′x+Z^(x)).Z=\min_{x\in X}\big(c'x+\hat Z(x)\big).Z=x∈Xmin​(c′x+Z^(x)).

The moment problem defining Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) has the dual (12): minimize Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​ over symmetric YYY, y∈Rry\in\mathbb R^ry∈Rr, y0∈Ry_0\in\mathbb Ry0​∈R with h′Yh+y′h+y0≥U(Q(h,x))h'Yh+y'h+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(h,x))h′Yh+y′h+y0​≥U(Q(h,x)) for every hhh, where Q⋅Y=∑i,jQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{i,j}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑i,j​Qij​Yij​.

The standing assumptions are: XXX nonempty and bounded (Assumption 1); complete recourse, {Ww:w≥0}=Rr\{Ww : w\ge 0\}=\mathbb R^r{Ww:w≥0}=Rr (Assumption 2); a nonempty dual polyhedron {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} (Assumption 3); Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ (Assumption 4); and the extreme points p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ of {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} are known (Assumption 5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 589)

The problem is equivalent to the semidefinite program

Z^SDP=min⁡x,Y,y,y0 c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0  s.t. (Y12(y−αkpi)12(y−αkpi)′y0+αkpi′Tx−βk)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)\hat Z_{\rm SDP}=\min_{x,Y,y,y_0}\ c'x+Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \begin{pmatrix}Y & \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)\\ \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)' & y_0+\alpha_k p_i'Tx-\beta_k\end{pmatrix}\succeq 0\ \ \forall k,i,\quad Ax=b,\ x\ge 0, \tag{14}Z^SDP​=x,Y,y,y0​min​ c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​  s.t. (Y21​(y−αk​pi​)′​21​(y−αk​pi​)y0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​​)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)

in the sense that Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) equals the value of the per-xxx program (15) for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, and Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​, both being genuine finite infima.

Milestones (§3.1 and the proof of Theorem 3.2, pp. 588–590)

  1. Strong duality for (11)/(12): Z^(x)=Z^D(x)\hat Z(x)=\hat Z_D(x)Z^(x)=Z^D​(x).
  2. The constraints of (12) are equivalent to h′Yh+(y−αkp)′h+y0+αkp′Tx−βk≥0h'Yh+(y-\alpha_kp)'h+y_0+\alpha_kp'Tx-\beta_k\ge 0h′Yh+(y−αk​p)′h+y0​+αk​p′Tx−βk​≥0 for all hhh, all ppp with W′p≤qW'p\le qW′p≤q and all kkk.
  3. Every feasible YYY of (12) is positive semidefinite.
  4. Q(h,x)=max⁡i=1,…,N(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{i=1,\dots,N}(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi=1,…,N​(h−Tx)′pi​.
  5. A quadratic h′Yh+2v′h+ch'Yh+2v'h+ch′Yh+2v′h+c is nonnegative on Rr\mathbb R^rRr iff the bordered matrix (Yvv′c)\begin{pmatrix}Y&v\\v'&c\end{pmatrix}(Yv′​vc​) is positive semidefinite (already proved on the platform).
  6. The feasible sets of (12) and (15) coincide, so Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x) is the value of (15).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 turns a two-level problem — a minimum over xxx of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions — into one convex program of polynomial size in nnn, rrr, KKK and NNN, jointly in the first-stage decision and the dual multipliers. The first-stage decision enters the linear matrix inequalities only through the corner entry y0+αkpi′Tx−βky_0+\alpha_kp_i'Tx-\beta_ky0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​, which is affine in xxx; this is what keeps the joint program convex. Together with the NP-hardness of the general case (Theorem 3.1), it locates the source of intractability in the enumeration of dual vertices. The same program (15) is the starting point of the construction of an extremal distribution (Theorem 3.3), which the paper uses to stress-test first-stage solutions.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, with strong duality for the moment problem cited from the literature. Nothing in this chain is formalized: neither the moment-problem duality under the interior condition Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′, nor the vertex representation of a bounded linear program over a pointed polyhedron given by its extreme points. The lemma that a nonnegative quadratic corresponds to a positive semidefinite bordered matrix is already proved on the platform and is reused.

Difficulty

The reduction from (12) to (15) is elementary once Q(h,x)=max⁡i(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_i(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi​(h−Tx)′pi​ is available, but that identity is a genuine statement about polyhedra: the dual region {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} is unbounded, so compactness arguments such as Krein–Milman do not apply, and one needs both that the polyhedron is pointed (here a consequence of complete recourse, which forces WWW to have full row rank) and that a bounded linear objective attains its maximum at a vertex. The other substantial step is strong duality between the moment problem over measures and the semi-infinite dual (12), which requires the moment vector (μ,Q)(\mu,Q)(μ,Q) to lie in the interior of the moment cone; without Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ a duality gap or an empty class P\mathcal PP can occur. Finally, the equality Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​ requires exchanging an infimum over xxx with the infimum over the dual variables, which needs each per-xxx program to be feasible and bounded.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ, and pieces and extreme points are indexed by Fin K and Fin N (zero-based). The paper's letter ppp is both the dimension of qqq and the dual variable; in Lean the dimension is ddd and the dual vector is π. The class P\mathcal PP consists of probability measures on Rr\mathbb R^rRr with square-integrable coordinates, mean μ\muμ and uncentred second-moment matrix QQQ, built on the published MomentDRO.Conf.Setting; the paper's densities are replaced by measures. Q(h,x)\mathcal Q(h,x)Q(h,x) is the real supremum over the dual polyhedron. Every printed min/max is a real infimum/supremum of a set of objective values, and the statements assert with IsLUB/IsGLB that these are genuine finite bounds; attainment of the minima is not claimed. YYY is required symmetric throughout. The bordered matrix is the published WorstCaseVaR.KnownMoments.bordered and ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef.

Readings of the source:

  • As printed, Assumption 2 (complete recourse) and Assumption 3 ("for all qqq") contradict each other when r≥1r\ge 1r≥1. The section-wise reading is used: complete recourse together with dual feasibility at the single constant qqq of §3.
  • "Assumption i" in Theorem 3.2 and in its proof is read as Assumption 5.
  • "The strong duality condition" is read as Assumption 4.
  • Assumption 5 is the hypothesis that the list p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ is exactly the set of extreme points of the dual region; "explicitly known" has no further mathematical content.
  • (11) integrates over Rp\mathbb R^pRp where Rr\mathbb R^rRr is meant.

A formalization in which Z^SDP\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z^SDP​ is defined through Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x), or in which positive semidefiniteness is replaced by a hand-written quadratic condition, would make the goal a restatement of strong duality; (14) is stated as a single program in (x,Y,y,y0)(x,Y,y,y_0)(x,Y,y,y0​) with Matrix.PosSemidef constraints. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (r=1r=1r=1, W=[1,−1]W=[1,-1]W=[1,−1], q=(1,1)q=(1,1)q=(1,1), μ=0\mu=0μ=0, Q=1Q=1Q=1, X={1}X=\{1\}X={1}).

Contributions welcome: the vertex representation of bounded linear programs over pointed polyhedra, and duality for moment problems with first and second moments, are both reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14:185–197, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001, pp. 135–165. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4):543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 1: Under a Support Set and a Mean Set, the Bound π¹ Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear decision rules are a standard device for making multistage optimization under uncertainty computationally tractable: a recourse decision is restricted to be an affine function of the uncertain data observed so far. Their weakness is that a recourse variable that must stay nonnegative forces the rule to be very conservative. Goh and Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations (Operations Research, 2010), repair this with deflected linear decision rules, in which the violated part of an affine rule is corrected and paid for. The cost of the correction is the expected positive part EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) of an affine function of the uncertainty.

The distribution P\mathbb PP is not known. The paper assumes only partial distributional information (a support set, a set containing the mean, a covariance, directional deviations) and bounds the worst case of this expectation over every distribution consistent with that information. Such worst-case bounds go back to Scarf's 1958 mean–variance newsvendor bound and form the core of distributionally robust optimization. This mission formalizes the first bound of §5, which uses support and mean information only.

Setting

Let ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ be a random vector in Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn (in the paper, the segregated uncertainty vector of dimension n=NEn = N_En=NE​). Two sets describe what is known about it:

  • a support set V⊆Rn\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn with P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1;
  • a mean set V^⊆Rn\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn containing the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). A known mean is the case where V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V is a single point.

The family of distributions consistent with this information is

F1={P:ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}.\mathbb F_1 = \{\mathbb P : \hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \widehat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1\}.F1​={P:ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.

For data r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^nr∈Rn the worst-case value is sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), with x+=max⁡{x,0}x^+ = \max\{x, 0\}x+=max{x,0}. The paper's candidate for this value is the deterministic quantity of (21),

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s∈RnΦ(s),Φ(s)=sup⁡ζ^∈V^{s′ζ^}+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.\pi^1(r^0, r) = \inf_{s \in \mathbb R^{n}} \Phi(s), \qquad \Phi(s) = \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} \{s'\hat\zeta\} + \sup_{\zeta \in \mathcal V} \max\{r^0 + r'\zeta - s'\zeta,\ -s'\zeta\}.π1(r0,r)=s∈Rninf​Φ(s),Φ(s)=ζ^​∈Vsup​{s′ζ^​}+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.

Both quantities live in the extended reals: following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible maximization has value −∞-\infty−∞ and an infeasible minimization +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 909)

For closed convex V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V with V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int} \mathcal V \neq \emptysetV∩intV=∅, and all r0,rr^0, rr0,r,

sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π1(r0,r).\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^1(r^0, r).P∈F1​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π1(r0,r).

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 1. sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^1(r^0, r)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r), for arbitrary sets V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V.
  2. Remark after Theorem 1, first case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≥0r^0 + r'\zeta \ge 0r0+r′ζ≥0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value equals r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zetar0+supζ^​∈V​r′ζ^​, and Φ(r)=π1(r0,r)\Phi(r) = \pi^1(r^0, r)Φ(r)=π1(r0,r).
  3. Remark after Theorem 1, second case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≤0r^0 + r'\zeta \le 0r0+r′ζ≤0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value is 000, and Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0\Phi(0) = \pi^1(r^0, r) = 0Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0.
  4. Tightness part of Theorem 1. Under the goal's hypotheses, π1(r0,r)≤sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^1(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π1(r0,r)≤supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1 converts an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of probability measures into a finite-dimensional convex program over the given sets. When V\mathcal VV and V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V are representable by linear and second-order cone constraints, the epigraph of π1\pi^1π1 is a pair of robust constraints over those sets and is again tractable (Remark, p. 910). The bound is tight, so no better bound can be built from support and mean information alone. In the paper, π1\pi^1π1 is one of three building blocks; their infimal convolution (Theorem 4) prices the deflection in the deflected linear decision rules of §6, and the experiments there compare these rules against plain linear decision rules.

Formalizing it. The proof of Theorem 1 is in the paper's online appendix, not in the main text. A search of the Prove2Me library (October 2026) found no formal statement of this or any other mean-and-support bound. A formal proof has to settle the extended-real bookkeeping (empty families, unbounded suprema) and the exact hypotheses under which tightness holds. As printed, the theorem omits a condition: with no constraint qualification it fails when F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is empty, which can happen for disjoint closed convex sets. This mission states the corrected version.

Difficulty

The upper-bound part is weak duality and needs no structure on the sets. The difficulty is tightness. It amounts to a strong-duality statement between the worst case over distributions and the infimum over the multiplier sss, and strong duality for convex problems over unbounded sets needs a constraint qualification. Two obvious approaches fail. The first is to search for a single worst-case distribution: for unbounded V\mathcal VV the supremum over F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is generally not attained, and it may be +∞+\infty+∞. The second is to restrict to compact V\mathcal VV, which excludes the paper's main use, a segregation of an unbounded support such as (−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞)(-\infty, -1] \cup [-1, 1] \cup [1, \infty)(−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞). Mathlib has separating-hyperplane theorems but no Fenchel duality theorem, so this duality has to be built.

Formalization scope

  • A distribution is a measure PPP on Fin n → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure P, and the random vector is the identity map. Every coordinate is required to be PPP-integrable, so the mean is a genuine expectation; the mean is MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting.
  • P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is the almost-everywhere statement ∀ᵐ ζ ∂P, ζ ∈ V, which needs no measurability of V\mathcal VV.
  • The positive part is max (r0 + r ⬝ᵥ ζ) 0.
  • The worst-case value, both suprema and the infimum in (21) are taken in EReal. An empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞, an empty infimum +∞+\infty+∞, and an unbounded supremum +∞+\infty+∞. The paper's "inf" is ⨅; attainment is claimed only where the Remark claims it, via the objective Φ\PhiΦ (pi1Obj) at s=rs = rs=r and s=0s = 0s=0.
  • The paper's tractable conic representable sets are modelled as closed and convex sets. The goal and its tightness part also assume V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int}\mathcal V \ne \emptysetV∩intV=∅. This condition is not on the page; it is consistent with the paper's full-dimensionality assumptions (pp. 905–906), and it implies F1≠∅\mathbb F_1 \neq \emptysetF1​=∅.
  • The Remark's two cases assume V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V and V^≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \ne \emptysetV=∅. The paper's construction of V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V from one set H\mathcal HH (§4.5) gives the inclusion, and without it the first case is false.
  • The segregation map, the matrices FFF, ggg and the set H\mathcal HH of §4 are context only and are not formalized: the theorem is stated for an arbitrary random vector with the listed properties.
  • A real-valued supremum, a family without integrability (for which the mean would be a junk value), or a π1\pi^1π1 defined through the worst case would each trivialize the statement; the definitions avoid all three, and π1\pi^1π1 is defined directly from the sets.

Needed infrastructure: finite mixtures of Dirac masses as members of F1\mathbb F_1F1​, integration of almost-surely bounded functions, separation of convex sets in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a Fenchel-type duality for a concave function over a closed convex set under an interior-point condition. The duality and the concave-envelope facts are reusable well beyond this mission, including for Theorems 2–4 of the same paper. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on extended-real suprema of integrals, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4, Part 1 of 2):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A Min–Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in K. Arrow, ed., Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
  • W. Chen and M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009 (cited by the paper for the infimal convolution of bounds).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorem 31.1, Fenchel duality). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling IV: A ρ-Approximate Max-m-Cut Gives a (ρ + m(1 − ρ))-Approximate Schedule for Pm | | Σ wⱼCⱼResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling jobs on identical parallel machines to minimize the total weighted completion time ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​, the problem P ∣ ∣∑wjCjP\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP∣∣∑wj​Cj​, is one of the basic NP-hard problems of machine scheduling. On a single machine it is solved by Smith's ratio rule (Smith 1956); with several machines the only hard decision is which jobs share a machine. Section 6 of M. Skutella's paper Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling (J. ACM 48 (2001)) observes that this decision is a graph partitioning problem: the cost of a schedule is, up to a constant, the weight of the edges that a partition of a weighted complete graph does not cut. Minimizing ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​ on mmm machines is therefore equivalent to Max-mmm-Cut on that graph, and the paper shows that the equivalence preserves approximation in a quantified way.

The reduction explains, from the graph side, why semidefinite rounding works for two machines: with the 0.878-approximation for MaxCut of Goemans and Williamson (1995) it gives a 1.122-approximation for P2 ∣ ∣∑wjCjP2\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP2∣∣∑wj​Cj​ (Corollary 6.2 of the paper). For general mmm, the uniform random partition is both a (1−1/m)(1-1/m)(1−1/m)-approximation for Max-mmm-Cut and randomized rounding of the optimum of the convex quadratic relaxation (CQP).

Setting

There are nnn jobs J={1,…,n}J=\{1,\dots,n\}J={1,…,n} and m≥1m\ge 1m≥1 identical machines. Job jjj has a processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0 and a weight wj≥0w_j\ge 0wj​≥0. Smith's order ≺\prec≺ puts j≺kj\prec kj≺k when wj/pj>wk/pkw_j/p_j>w_k/p_kwj​/pj​>wk​/pk​, ties broken by index. An assignment σ:J→{1,…,m}\sigma:J\to\{1,\dots,m\}σ:J→{1,…,m} is a partition J1,…,JmJ_1,\dots,J_mJ1​,…,Jm​ of the jobs; each machine processes its jobs in the order ≺\prec≺ without idle time, so the completion time of jjj is

Cj(σ)=pj+∑k≺j, σ(k)=σ(j)pk.C_j(\sigma)=p_j+\sum_{k\prec j,\ \sigma(k)=\sigma(j)}p_k .Cj​(σ)=pj​+k≺j, σ(k)=σ(j)∑​pk​.

The value of σ\sigmaσ is ∑jwjCj(σ)\sum_j w_jC_j(\sigma)∑j​wj​Cj​(σ), and Z∗Z^*Z∗ is the minimum value over all assignments.

The graph GJG_JGJ​ is the complete graph on JJJ in which the edge {j,k}\{j,k\}{j,k} with k≺jk\prec jk≺j has weight c(jk)=wjpkc(jk)=w_jp_kc(jk)=wj​pk​; c(EJ)c(E_J)c(EJ​) is its total weight. A partition induces the mmm-cut EcutE_{\mathrm{cut}}Ecut​, the edges whose endpoints lie in different parts, of weight c(Ecut)c(E_{\mathrm{cut}})c(Ecut​); Zcut∗Z^*_{\mathrm{cut}}Zcut∗​ is the maximum weight of an mmm-cut.

The convex quadratic relaxation (CQP) of §2.2, specialised to identical machines, has variables aij≥0a_{ij}\ge 0aij​≥0 with ∑iaij=1\sum_i a_{ij}=1∑i​aij​=1 and objective ZCQP(a)=∑jwjCjZ_{CQP}(a)=\sum_j w_jC_jZCQP​(a)=∑j​wj​Cj​ where

Cj=∑i=1maij(1+aij2 pj+∑k≺jaik pk)(11).C_j=\sum_{i=1}^m a_{ij}\Big(\frac{1+a_{ij}}{2}\,p_j+\sum_{k\prec j}a_{ik}\,p_k\Big)\qquad(11).Cj​=i=1∑m​aij​(21+aij​​pj​+k≺j∑​aik​pk​)(11).

Its optimum value is ZCQP∗Z^*_{CQP}ZCQP∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1

For ρ≤1\rho\le 1ρ≤1, any assignment σ\sigmaσ whose mmm-cut weighs at least ρ⋅Zcut∗\rho\cdot Z^*_{\mathrm{cut}}ρ⋅Zcut∗​ satisfies

∑jwjCj(σ)≤(ρ+m(1−ρ)) Z∗.\sum_j w_jC_j(\sigma)\le\big(\rho+m(1-\rho)\big)\,Z^* .j∑​wj​Cj​(σ)≤(ρ+m(1−ρ))Z∗.

That is, a ρ\rhoρ-approximation algorithm for Max-mmm-Cut translates into a (ρ+m(1−ρ))(\rho+m(1-\rho))(ρ+m(1−ρ))-approximation algorithm for Pm ∣ ∣∑wjCjPm\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jPm∣∣∑wj​Cj​. The constant ρ\rhoρ is a parameter, so the goal does not depend on the best known cut algorithm.

Milestones

  1. (36): for every partition, c(EJ)=∑jwjCj−∑jwjpj+c(Ecut)c(E_J)=\sum_j w_jC_j-\sum_j w_jp_j+c(E_{\mathrm{cut}})c(EJ​)=∑j​wj​Cj​−∑j​wj​pj​+c(Ecut​).
  2. Lemma 2.5: aˉij=1/m\bar a_{ij}=1/maˉij​=1/m is an optimum of (CQP), unique when the ratios wj/pjw_j/p_jwj​/pj​ are pairwise different and positive.
  3. (37): Z∗≥ZCQP∗=1mc(EJ)+(12+12m)∑jwjpjZ^*\ge Z^*_{CQP}=\frac1m c(E_J)+\big(\frac12+\frac1{2m}\big)\sum_j w_jp_jZ∗≥ZCQP∗​=m1​c(EJ​)+(21​+2m1​)∑j​wj​pj​.
  4. (38): Zcut∗≤m−1mc(EJ)+(12−12m)∑jwjpjZ^*_{\mathrm{cut}}\le\frac{m-1}{m}c(E_J)+\big(\frac12-\frac1{2m}\big)\sum_j w_jp_jZcut∗​≤mm−1​c(EJ​)+(21​−2m1​)∑j​wj​pj​.
  5. Theorem 2.6 b) (supplementary): assigning each job independently and uniformly at random has expected value at most (32−12m)Z∗\big(\frac32-\frac1{2m}\big)Z^*(23​−2m1​)Z∗.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.1 makes Max-mmm-Cut algorithms usable for scheduling with an explicit loss: a cut algorithm with ratio ρ\rhoρ close to 111 yields a schedule within 1+m(1−ρ)1+m(1-\rho)1+m(1−ρ) of optimal. For m=2m=2m=2 and the Goemans–Williamson ratio 0.8780.8780.878 the guarantee is 1.1221.1221.122, better than the 5/45/45/4 of Theorem 2.6 b) and the 1.27521.27521.2752 of the paper's semidefinite rounding in §5. In the other direction, (38) bounds the maximum cut of GJG_JGJ​ by the scheduling lower bound ZCQP∗Z^*_{CQP}ZCQP∗​, which is how a relaxation for scheduling becomes a bound for a cut problem. The problem itself is better understood today: P ∣ ∣∑wjCjP\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP∣∣∑wj​Cj​ has a polynomial-time approximation scheme (Skutella and Woeginger 2000), and a fully polynomial one for fixed mmm (Sahni 1976). The reduction remains of interest as a structural identity between the two problems and as the source of the closed-form relaxation bound (37).

Formalizing it. All statements are proved in the paper; none is known to have a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal model of identical-machine scheduling under Smith's rule, of the weighted graph GJG_JGJ​ and its mmm-cuts, and of (CQP) for identical machines, together with the closed-form optimum of (CQP) (Lemma 2.5), which is the basis of the 32−12m\frac32-\frac1{2m}23​−2m1​ guarantee of Theorem 2.6 b).

Difficulty

The bookkeeping identity (36) and the final chain of inequalities are finite-sum manipulations. The substance is Lemma 2.5: that the uniform vector aˉ\bar aaˉ minimizes the quadratic objective (11) over the product of simplices. The objective is not separable, since the term ∑k≺jaikpk\sum_{k\prec j}a_{ik}p_k∑k≺j​aik​pk​ couples jobs through Smith's order, and its convexity on the feasible region (the positive semidefiniteness established in Lemma 2.4 of the paper) is the fact on which optimality and, with distinct positive ratios, uniqueness rest. The relaxation half of (37), that ZCQP∗Z^*_{CQP}ZCQP∗​ is at most the value of every schedule, needs the observation that ZCQPZ_{CQP}ZCQP​ evaluated at the 0/1 vector of an assignment equals the value of that assignment.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n and machines Fin m, 0-based; Smith's order is cross-multiplied (wjpk>wkpjw_jp_k>w_kp_jwj​pk​>wk​pj​, or equality and j<kj<kj<k), equal to the ratio definition because p>0p>0p>0. Assignments are functions Fin n → Fin m, and every machine is sequenced by ≺\prec≺; by Smith's rule (p. 7 of the paper, a classical result it cites) this loses no optimality, so Z∗Z^*Z∗ is the minimum over assignments and is never a primitive: "within factor α\alphaα of Z∗Z^*Z∗" is stated against the value of every assignment. Likewise "weight at least ρ⋅Zcut∗\rho\cdot Z^*_{\mathrm{cut}}ρ⋅Zcut∗​" is stated as ρ c(Ecut(τ))≤c(Ecut(σ))\rho\,c(E_{\mathrm{cut}}(\tau))\le c(E_{\mathrm{cut}}(\sigma))ρc(Ecut​(τ))≤c(Ecut​(σ)) for every assignment τ\tauτ, so no supremum of an empty or unbounded set can enter. The edge weight is attached to the ordered pair (j,k)(j,k)(j,k) with k≺jk\prec jk≺j and is zero on the other orientation, so each edge of GJG_JGJ​ is counted once. Standing hypotheses on every theorem: pj>0p_j>0pj​>0, wj≥0w_j\ge 0wj​≥0 (p. 2 of the paper) and m>0m>0m>0 (needed for 1/m1/m1/m). Theorem 6.1 keeps the page's ρ≤1\rho\le 1ρ≤1.

Not formalized: polynomial running time, the phrase "approximation algorithm" beyond the value bound it asserts, and the semidefinite results of §5 and Corollary 6.2. A trivializing reading, such as stating the cut condition against a junk-valued supremum or replacing Z∗Z^*Z∗ by a free variable, is excluded by the encodings above.

The development needs only finite sums over Fin types and real arithmetic; the model of identical-machine scheduling under Smith's rule and the closed form of (CQP) are reusable for other results on P ∣ ∣∑wjCjP\,|\,|\sum w_jC_jP∣∣∑wj​Cj​. Proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of Lemma 2.5 (the KKT argument the paper mentions, or Goemans' symmetrization argument it gives), and a proof of Theorem 2.6 b) are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, Journal of the ACM 48(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • W. E. Smith, Various optimizers for single-stage production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
  • M. X. Goemans and D. P. Williamson, Improved approximation algorithms for maximum cut and satisfiability problems using semidefinite programming, Journal of the ACM 42(6), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1145/227683.227684
  • A. Frieze and M. Jerrum, Improved approximation algorithms for MAX k-CUT and MAX BISECTION, Algorithmica 18, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02523689
  • M. Skutella and G. J. Woeginger, A PTAS for minimizing the total weighted completion time on identical parallel machines, Mathematics of Operations Research 25(1), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.25.1.63.15212
  • S. Sahni, Algorithms for scheduling independent tasks, Journal of the ACM 23(1), 1976. https://doi.org/10.1145/321921.321934
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Rate of Convergence of Optimal Solutions of Monte Carlo Approximations of Stochastic Programs 2: At a Sharp Minimum the SAA Problem Fails to Be Exact with Exponentially Small ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

The sample average approximation (SAA) method replaces an expectation in a stochastic program by the average over a random sample and solves the resulting deterministic problem. It is the standard way to solve two-stage stochastic linear programs with large or continuous scenario sets, and it underlies the stochastic counterpart and sample-path optimization methods of the 1990s. A basic question is how large the sample has to be.

For smooth problems the SAA optimal solution x^N\hat x_Nx^N​ converges to the true one at the rate N−1/2N^{-1/2}N−1/2 of the central limit theorem. A. Shapiro and T. Homem-de-Mello (SIAM J. Optim. 11(1), 2000) observed that for problems whose optimum is a sharp minimum, as is typical of two-stage linear programs with finitely many scenarios, the picture is different. In §2 of the paper they prove that the SAA problem then returns the exact true solution with probability one for all sufficiently large NNN. In §3, formalized here, they show that the probability of the complementary event, the SAA solution not being exactly xˉ\bar xxˉ, decays exponentially in NNN. One consequence they draw is that a modest sample can find the optimum of a problem with an astronomically large number of scenarios. This mission is the second of three on the paper; the first formalizes the almost sure statement (Theorem 2.1), the third the polyhedral case with multiple optima (Theorem 3.2).

Setting

Let PPP be a probability measure on a sample space (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F), Θ⊆Rm\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^mΘ⊆Rm, and h:Rm×Ω→Rh:\mathbb R^m\times\Omega\to\mathbb Rh:Rm×Ω→R. The true problem (1.1) is

min⁡x∈Θ f(x):=EP h(x,ω).\min_{x\in\Theta}\ f(x):=\mathbb E_P\,h(x,\omega).x∈Θmin​ f(x):=EP​h(x,ω).

Given an i.i.d. sample ω1,ω2,…\omega^1,\omega^2,\dotsω1,ω2,… with law PPP, the SAA problem (1.2) is

min⁡x∈Θ f^N(x):=1N∑j=1Nh(x,ωj).\min_{x\in\Theta}\ \hat f_N(x):=\frac1N\sum_{j=1}^N h(x,\omega^j).x∈Θmin​ f^​N​(x):=N1​j=1∑N​h(x,ωj).

AAA and ANA_NAN​ denote the sets of optimal solutions of (1.1) and (1.2). For a function ggg, g′(x,d)=lim⁡t↓0(g(x+td)−g(x))/tg'(x,d)=\lim_{t\downarrow0}(g(x+td)-g(x))/tg′(x,d)=limt↓0​(g(x+td)−g(x))/t is its directional derivative, and hω′(x,d)h'_\omega(x,d)hω′​(x,d) is that of h(⋅,ω)h(\cdot,\omega)h(⋅,ω). TΘ(xˉ)T_\Theta(\bar x)TΘ​(xˉ) is the tangent cone of Θ\ThetaΘ at xˉ\bar xxˉ, and Sm−1={d:∥d∥=1}S^{m-1}=\{d:\|d\|=1\}Sm−1={d:∥d∥=1}.

The standing hypotheses are those of Theorem 2.1 of the paper: (i) h(⋅,ω)h(\cdot,\omega)h(⋅,ω) is convex for every ω\omegaω; (ii) fff is finite valued; (iii) Θ\ThetaΘ is closed and convex; (iv) Assumption (A): A={xˉ}A=\{\bar x\}A={xˉ} and xˉ\bar xxˉ is a sharp minimum, i.e. there is c>0c>0c>0 with

f(x)≥f(xˉ)+c∥x−xˉ∥for all x∈Θ.(2.2)f(x)\ge f(\bar x)+c\|x-\bar x\|\qquad\text{for all }x\in\Theta. \tag{2.2}f(x)≥f(xˉ)+c∥x−xˉ∥for all x∈Θ.(2.2)

Section 3 adds Assumption (B): with η(d,ω):=hω′(xˉ,d)\eta(d,\omega):=h'_\omega(\bar x,d)η(d,ω):=hω′​(xˉ,d) (3.1), there is κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 such that sup⁡d∈Sm−1∣η(d,ω)∣≤κ\sup_{d\in S^{m-1}}|\eta(d,\omega)|\le\kappasupd∈Sm−1​∣η(d,ω)∣≤κ for PPP-almost every ω\omegaω. It holds whenever Ω\OmegaΩ is finite.

The event of interest is

EN:={AN≠∅ and AN={xˉ}},(3.7)\mathcal E_N:=\{A_N\neq\emptyset\text{ and }A_N=\{\bar x\}\},\tag{3.7}EN​:={AN​=∅ and AN​={xˉ}},(3.7)

that the SAA problem has the unique optimal solution x^N=xˉ\hat x_N=\bar xx^N​=xˉ.

For a direction ddd, Md(t)=EPetη(d,ω)M_d(t)=\mathbb E_P e^{t\eta(d,\omega)}Md​(t)=EP​etη(d,ω) and Id(α)=sup⁡t∈R[tα−log⁡Md(t)]I_d(\alpha)=\sup_{t\in\mathbb R}[t\alpha-\log M_d(t)]Id​(α)=supt∈R​[tα−logMd​(t)] (3.5) is the one-dimensional rate function of η(d,ω)\eta(d,\omega)η(d,ω). On the Banach space Z=C(Sm−1)Z=C(S^{m-1})Z=C(Sm−1), I(z)=sup⁡z∗∈Z∗{z∗(z)−log⁡M(z∗)}I(z)=\sup_{z^*\in Z^*}\{z^*(z)-\log M(z^*)\}I(z)=supz∗∈Z∗​{z∗(z)−logM(z∗)} (3.4) is the rate function of the random element η(⋅,ω)\eta(\cdot,\omega)η(⋅,ω).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 11)

Under (i)–(iv) and Assumption (B) there is a constant β>0\beta>0β>0 with

lim sup⁡N→∞1Nlog⁡P(ENc)≤−β.(3.8)\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\log P(\mathcal E_N^c)\le-\beta.\tag{3.8}N→∞limsup​N1​logP(ENc​)≤−β.(3.8)

The goal asserts the existence of an exponential rate and does not fix its value.

Stronger: the explicit rate (p. 12)

With ccc from (2.2) and κ\kappaκ from (B),

lim sup⁡N→∞1Nlog⁡P(ENc)≤−c22κ2,\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\log P(\mathcal E_N^c)\le-\frac{c^2}{2\kappa^2},N→∞limsup​N1​logP(ENc​)≤−2κ2c2​,

which is (3.8) combined with (3.15).

Milestones

In the order of the proof:

  • the reduction P(ENc)≤P(ζN∈F)P(\mathcal E_N^c)\le P(\zeta_N\in F)P(ENc​)≤P(ζN​∈F) with ζN=f^N′(xˉ,⋅)\zeta_N=\hat f'_N(\bar x,\cdot)ζN​=f^​N′​(xˉ,⋅) and F={z:inf⁡TΘ(xˉ)∩Sm−1z≤0}F=\{z:\inf_{T_\Theta(\bar x)\cap S^{m-1}}z\le0\}F={z:infTΘ​(xˉ)∩Sm−1​z≤0} (p. 11);
  • for a random variable XXX with ∣X∣≤κ|X|\le\kappa∣X∣≤κ and Λ(t)=log⁡EetX\Lambda(t)=\log\mathbb E e^{tX}Λ(t)=logEetX, the bounds ∣Λ′∣≤κ|\Lambda'|\le\kappa∣Λ′∣≤κ, ∣Λ′′∣≤κ2|\Lambda''|\le\kappa^2∣Λ′′∣≤κ2 (3.11) and ∣Λ′(t)−Λ′(s)∣≤κ2∣t−s∣|\Lambda'(t)-\Lambda'(s)|\le\kappa^2|t-s|∣Λ′(t)−Λ′(s)∣≤κ2∣t−s∣ (3.12);
  • the quadratic lower bound Id(α)≥∣α−αˉd∣2/(2κ2)I_d(\alpha)\ge|\alpha-\bar\alpha_d|^2/(2\kappa^2)Id​(α)≥∣α−αˉd​∣2/(2κ2) (3.13);
  • Id(0)≥c2/(2κ2)I_d(0)\ge c^2/(2\kappa^2)Id​(0)≥c2/(2κ2) on TΘ(xˉ)∩Sm−1T_\Theta(\bar x)\cap S^{m-1}TΘ​(xˉ)∩Sm−1 (3.14);
  • the comparison I(z)≥sup⁡dId(z(d))I(z)\ge\sup_{d}I_d(z(d))I(z)≥supd​Id​(z(d)) (3.6);
  • β=inf⁡z∈FI(z)≥c2/(2κ2)\beta=\inf_{z\in F}I(z)\ge c^2/(2\kappa^2)β=infz∈F​I(z)≥c2/(2κ2) (3.15).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 says that at a sharp minimum the SAA method is exact except on an event of probability O(e−βN)O(e^{-\beta N})O(e−βN). The sample size needed for a given confidence therefore grows only logarithmically in the confidence level, and it does not depend on the number of scenarios. This is the basis of the paper's numerical observation that problems with very many scenarios are solved exactly from samples of a few hundred. The explicit constant c2/(2κ2)c^2/(2\kappa^2)c2/(2κ2) relates the rate to two interpretable quantities: the sharpness ccc of the optimum and the bound κ\kappaκ on the subgradients of h(⋅,ω)h(\cdot,\omega)h(⋅,ω) at xˉ\bar xxˉ.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A complete formalization produces three things. First, a Lean proof that the SAA problem recovers a sharp optimum exactly with exponentially small failure probability. Second, the elementary facts about cumulant generating functions of bounded variables, (3.11)–(3.13), which are reusable in any Chernoff-type argument. Third, the link between the rate function of a C(K)C(K)C(K)-valued random element and its one-dimensional projections, (3.6).

Difficulty

The event ENc\mathcal E_N^cENc​ is controlled by the positivity of a whole function, ζN(d)=f^N′(xˉ,d)\zeta_N(d)=\hat f_N'(\bar x,d)ζN​(d)=f^​N′​(xˉ,d), on the infinite set TΘ(xˉ)∩Sm−1T_\Theta(\bar x)\cap S^{m-1}TΘ​(xˉ)∩Sm−1. A Chernoff bound for each fixed direction ddd is easy, but there are uncountably many directions, so a union bound over ddd is not available. The paper handles this with Cramér's theorem in the separable Banach space C(Sm−1)C(S^{m-1})C(Sm−1), and that infinite-dimensional large deviations upper bound is not in Mathlib. A proof must either develop that bound or find a finite-dimensional substitute that keeps an exponential rate.

A second difficulty is conversion. Cramér's theorem gives a rate in terms of inf⁡z∈FI(z)\inf_{z\in F}I(z)infz∈F​I(z), and that infimum must be shown positive. Positivity comes from the sharpness constant ccc through the strong convexity of the one-dimensional rate functions, which needs the bounds (3.11)–(3.13) on the cumulant generating function.

Formalization scope

  • The decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). The scenario space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) carries the law of one scenario. The sample is one i.i.d. sequence of Ω\OmegaΩ-valued maps on a separate probability space (S,Q)(S,Q)(S,Q), and f^N\hat f_Nf^​N​ uses its first NNN terms. Optimal sets are written without infima: AN={xˉ}A_N=\{\bar x\}AN​={xˉ} encodes "nonempty and equal to {xˉ}\{\bar x\}{xˉ}".
  • Directional derivatives are the limUnder of the difference quotient as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0. Every statement assumes (i), under which the limit exists. The tangent cone is Mathlib's tangentConeAt, which for convex Θ\ThetaΘ is the closure of the cone of feasible directions.
  • Disclosed pins.
    • "f finite valued" is PPP-integrability of every h(x,⋅)h(x,\cdot)h(x,⋅), which includes measurability.
    • Assumption (B) is stated pointwise in d∈Sm−1d\in S^{m-1}d∈Sm−1 under the almost sure quantifier.
    • ENc\mathcal E_N^cENc​ is not shown measurable, so its probability is an outer measure, and an upper bound on it is the stronger claim.
    • The rate (3.8) is stated in the equivalent form: there is β>0\beta>0β>0 such that for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually Q(ENc)≤e−(β−ε)NQ(\mathcal E_N^c)\le e^{-(\beta-\varepsilon)N}Q(ENc​)≤e−(β−ε)N. A logarithm of a real probability is never taken.
    • Rate functions IdI_dId​ and III take values in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞]. They use the published extended-real logMGF and legendre, under which Id(α)=+∞I_d(\alpha)=+\inftyId​(α)=+∞ for ∣α∣>κ|\alpha|>\kappa∣α∣>κ is a genuine value, not a default.
    • The one-dimensional bounds (3.11)–(3.13) are stated for an arbitrary bounded measurable random variable.
  • Trivializing readings are ruled out. The goal's β\betaβ is fixed before ε\varepsilonε and NNN, so it cannot depend on them. The event is uniqueness and equality, AN={xˉ}A_N=\{\bar x\}AN​={xˉ}, not xˉ∈AN\bar x\in A_Nxˉ∈AN​. The standing hypotheses are jointly satisfiable: a sorry-free check exhibits them for h(x,ω)=∥x∥h(x,\omega)=\|x\|h(x,ω)=∥x∥, Θ=Rm\Theta=\mathbb R^mΘ=Rm and a product-measure sample.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs: directional derivatives of finite convex functions and their continuity in the direction; interchange of directional derivative and expectation (Proposition 2.2 of the paper, formalized in the first mission of the series); derivatives of the cumulant generating function (Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.cgf and its analyticity); and an exponential upper bound for empirical means in C(Sm−1)C(S^{m-1})C(Sm−1) or a substitute. The cumulant generating function lemmas and any Banach-space Cramér bound are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome for any milestone, and for alternative proofs of the goal that avoid Cramér's theorem in function space.

Selected references

  • A. Shapiro and T. Homem-de-Mello, On the rate of convergence of optimal solutions of Monte Carlo approximations of stochastic programs, SIAM J. Optim. 11(1):70–86, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623498349541 (formalized from the authors' preprint, Stochastic Programming E-Print Series)
  • J.-D. Deuschel and D. W. Stroock, Large Deviations, Academic Press, 1989 (Cramér's theorem in Banach spaces, cited as [8]).
  • J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty and C. Lemaréchal, Convex Analysis and Minimization Algorithms II, Springer, 1993, Theorem X.4.2.2 (strong convexity of conjugates, cited as [12]). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-06409-2
  • A. J. Kleywegt, A. Shapiro and T. Homem-de-Mello, The sample average approximation method for stochastic discrete optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 12(2):479–502, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499363220
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 36 of 94Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me